mirror of
https://github.com/neovim/neovim.git
synced 2025-10-17 23:31:51 +00:00
69e9cda5ac
The gchar_cursor() == NUL check is already done in ins_ctrl_o.
ins_esc changes gchar_cursor() so this if block is probably never
entered.
Issue:
Pressing CTRL-O in insert mode at the end of the line and typing
:startinsert moves the cursor 1 column back, when I expect the cursor
to remain at the end of the line
This is a regression from Vim behavior. Since at least Vim version 7.0,
Vim returns you to insert mode at the end of the line.
091e7d033c is the first bad neovim commit
Steps to reproduce using `nvim -u NORC`:
`aaaa<C-o>:startinsert<CR>`
Fixes #6962
8640 lines
251 KiB
C
8640 lines
251 KiB
C
// This is an open source non-commercial project. Dear PVS-Studio, please check
|
|
// it. PVS-Studio Static Code Analyzer for C, C++ and C#: http://www.viva64.com
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include <assert.h>
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
#include <inttypes.h>
|
|
#include <stdbool.h>
|
|
|
|
#include "nvim/vim.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/ascii.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/edit.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/buffer.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/charset.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/cursor.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/digraph.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/eval.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/eval/typval.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/ex_docmd.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/ex_getln.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/farsi.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/fileio.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/fold.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/getchar.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/indent.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/indent_c.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/main.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/mbyte.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/memline.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/memory.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/message.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/misc1.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/keymap.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/move.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/normal.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/ops.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/option.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/path.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/popupmnu.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/quickfix.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/regexp.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/screen.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/search.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/spell.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/strings.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/state.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/syntax.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/tag.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/ui.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/mouse.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/terminal.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/undo.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/window.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/event/loop.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/mark.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/os/input.h"
|
|
#include "nvim/os/time.h"
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
*/
|
|
#define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
|
#define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
#define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
#define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
#define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
#define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
#define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
#define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
#define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
#define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
#define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
#define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
#define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
#define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
#define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
#define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
#define CTRL_X_EVAL 16 ///< for builtin function complete()
|
|
|
|
#define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
#define CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(m) (m == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || m == CTRL_X_EVAL)
|
|
|
|
static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
{
|
|
N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
NULL,
|
|
N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
NULL, // CTRL_X_EVAL doesn't use msg.
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window");
|
|
static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
struct compl_S {
|
|
compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
* cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
#define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
#define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
* "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
* "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
* "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
* ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
*/
|
|
static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
* otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
* are used. */
|
|
static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
in compl_leader */
|
|
|
|
static int compl_no_insert = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert
|
|
TRUE: noinsert */
|
|
static int compl_no_select = FALSE; /* FALSE: select & insert
|
|
TRUE: noselect */
|
|
|
|
static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
the longest common string. */
|
|
|
|
static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
|
|
completions. */
|
|
|
|
static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
|
|
|
|
/* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
* FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
* that is being completed */
|
|
static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
* completion started */
|
|
static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
|
|
static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
typedef struct insert_state {
|
|
VimState state;
|
|
cmdarg_T *ca;
|
|
int mincol;
|
|
int cmdchar;
|
|
int startln;
|
|
long count;
|
|
int c;
|
|
int lastc;
|
|
int i;
|
|
bool did_backspace; // previous char was backspace
|
|
bool line_is_white; // line is empty before insert
|
|
linenr_T old_topline; // topline before insertion
|
|
int old_topfill;
|
|
int inserted_space; // just inserted a space
|
|
int replaceState;
|
|
int did_restart_edit; // remember if insert mode was restarted
|
|
// after a ctrl+o
|
|
bool nomove;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
} InsertState;
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef INCLUDE_GENERATED_DECLARATIONS
|
|
# include "edit.c.generated.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
#define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
#define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
#define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
#define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
|
static size_t spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
|
|
static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
static bool update_Insstart_orig = true; /* set Insstart_orig to Insstart */
|
|
|
|
static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
|
|
static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
|
static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
|
static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
|
static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
|
static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
under the cursor */
|
|
static int dont_sync_undo = false; // CTRL-G U prevents syncing undo
|
|
// for the next left/right cursor
|
|
|
|
static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
static void insert_enter(InsertState *s)
|
|
{
|
|
s->did_backspace = true;
|
|
s->old_topfill = -1;
|
|
s->replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
// Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O
|
|
did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
// sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
// error message
|
|
check_for_delay(true);
|
|
// set Insstart_orig to Insstart
|
|
update_Insstart_orig = true;
|
|
|
|
ins_compl_clear(); // clear stuff for CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
|
// Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
if (s->cmdchar != 'r' && s->cmdchar != 'v') {
|
|
pos_T save_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
if (s->cmdchar == 'R') {
|
|
s->ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
} else if (s->cmdchar == 'V') {
|
|
s->ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
} else {
|
|
s->ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, (char *) s->ptr, 1);
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure the cursor didn't move. Do call check_cursor_col() in
|
|
// case the text was modified. Since Insert mode was not started yet
|
|
// a call to check_cursor_col() may move the cursor, especially with
|
|
// the "A" command, thus set State to avoid that. Also check that the
|
|
// line number is still valid (lines may have been deleted).
|
|
// Do not restore if v:char was set to a non-empty string.
|
|
if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, save_cursor)
|
|
&& *get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR) == NUL
|
|
&& save_cursor.lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
int save_state = State;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = save_cursor;
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
check_cursor_col();
|
|
State = save_state;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If
|
|
// 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing.
|
|
conceal_check_cursur_line();
|
|
|
|
// When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
// where the paste started.
|
|
if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) {
|
|
Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
} else {
|
|
Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (s->startln) {
|
|
Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
|
if (!did_ai) {
|
|
ai_col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s->cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) {
|
|
ResetRedobuff();
|
|
AppendNumberToRedobuff(s->count);
|
|
if (s->cmdchar == 'V' || s->cmdchar == 'v') {
|
|
// "gR" or "gr" command
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff((s->cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
} else {
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(s->cmdchar);
|
|
if (s->cmdchar == 'g') { // "gI" command
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
} else if (s->cmdchar == 'r') { // "r<CR>" command
|
|
s->count = 1; // insert only one <CR>
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s->cmdchar == 'R') {
|
|
if (p_fkmap && p_ri) {
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
EMSG(farsi_text_3); // encoded in Farsi
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
State = REPLACE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (s->cmdchar == 'V' || s->cmdchar == 'v') {
|
|
State = VREPLACE;
|
|
s->replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
stop_insert_mode = false;
|
|
|
|
// Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
// on a TAB or special character.
|
|
curs_columns(true);
|
|
|
|
// Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
// Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
// 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
// when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) {
|
|
State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setmouse();
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
// there is no reverse replace mode
|
|
revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
if (revins_on) {
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
}
|
|
revins_chars = 0;
|
|
revins_legal = 0;
|
|
revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
|
// Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
// Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
// restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) {
|
|
// After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
// the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
if (where_paste_started.lnum) {
|
|
arrow_used = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
arrow_used = true;
|
|
}
|
|
restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
|
// If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
// now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
// correct in very rare cases).
|
|
// Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
// column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
validate_virtcol();
|
|
update_curswant();
|
|
if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
|| curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
&& *(s->ptr = get_cursor_line_ptr() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) {
|
|
if (s->ptr[1] == NUL) {
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
} else if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
s->i = (*mb_ptr2len)(s->ptr);
|
|
if (s->ptr[s->i] == NUL) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += s->i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ins_at_eol = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
arrow_used = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore
|
|
need_start_insertmode = false;
|
|
|
|
// Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char.
|
|
ins_need_undo = true;
|
|
|
|
where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
can_cindent = true;
|
|
// The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
// restarting.
|
|
if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) {
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
// A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
// actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
s->i = 0;
|
|
if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) {
|
|
s->i = showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) {
|
|
change_warning(s->i == 0 ? 0 : s->i + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
|
// Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
// skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
s->ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
if (s->ptr == NULL) {
|
|
new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(s->ptr);
|
|
xfree(s->ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
state_enter(&s->state);
|
|
// If s->count != 0, `ins_esc` will prepare the redo buffer for reprocessing
|
|
// and return false, causing `state_enter` to be called again.
|
|
} while (!ins_esc(&s->count, s->cmdchar, s->nomove));
|
|
|
|
// Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
// still puts the cursor back after the inserted text.
|
|
if (ins_at_eol) {
|
|
o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
foldUpdateAfterInsert();
|
|
if (s->cmdchar != 'r' && s->cmdchar != 'v') {
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
did_cursorhold = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int insert_check(VimState *state)
|
|
{
|
|
InsertState *s = (InsertState *)state;
|
|
|
|
// If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again.
|
|
if (s->c != K_EVENT
|
|
// but not in CTRL-X mode, a script can't restore the state
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode == 0) {
|
|
did_cursorhold = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
if (arrow_used) {
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (can_cindent && cindent_on() && ctrl_x_mode == 0) {
|
|
insert_do_cindent(s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!revins_legal) {
|
|
revins_scol = -1; // reset on illegal motions
|
|
} else {
|
|
revins_legal = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (arrow_used) { // don't repeat insert when arrow key used
|
|
s->count = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (update_Insstart_orig) {
|
|
Insstart_orig = Insstart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stop_insert_mode && !pum_visible()) {
|
|
// ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset
|
|
s->count = 0;
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP
|
|
if (!arrow_used) {
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
// menu invoked a shell command).
|
|
if (stuff_empty()) {
|
|
did_check_timestamps = false;
|
|
if (need_check_timestamps) {
|
|
check_timestamps(false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
msg_scroll = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'.
|
|
if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) {
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose'
|
|
if (!char_avail()) {
|
|
foldCheckClose();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in the
|
|
// window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra redraw. This
|
|
// is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting something.
|
|
// Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has already been
|
|
// adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
&& curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
&& !s->did_backspace
|
|
&& curwin->w_topline == s->old_topline
|
|
&& curwin->w_topfill == s->old_topfill) {
|
|
s->mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_wcol < s->mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
&& curwin->w_wrow == curwin->w_winrow
|
|
+ curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
&& (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|| curwin->w_topfill > 0)) {
|
|
if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) {
|
|
--curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
} else if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &s->old_topline)) {
|
|
set_topline(curwin, s->old_topline + 1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor.
|
|
update_topline();
|
|
|
|
s->did_backspace = false;
|
|
|
|
validate_cursor(); // may set must_redraw
|
|
|
|
// Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
// Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
ins_redraw(true);
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_scb) {
|
|
do_check_scrollbind(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_crb) {
|
|
do_check_cursorbind();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
update_curswant();
|
|
s->old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
s->old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
s->lastc = s->c; // remember previous char for CTRL-D
|
|
|
|
// After using CTRL-G U the next cursor key will not break undo.
|
|
if (dont_sync_undo == MAYBE) {
|
|
dont_sync_undo = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
dont_sync_undo = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int insert_execute(VimState *state, int key)
|
|
{
|
|
if (key == K_IGNORE) {
|
|
return -1; // get another key
|
|
}
|
|
InsertState *s = (InsertState *)state;
|
|
s->c = key;
|
|
|
|
// Don't want K_EVENT with cursorhold for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V.
|
|
did_cursorhold = true;
|
|
|
|
if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) {
|
|
s->c = hkmap(s->c); // Hebrew mode mapping
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) {
|
|
s->c = fkmap(s->c); // Farsi mode mapping
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
// and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
|
|
// a match, skip this when no matches were found.
|
|
if (compl_started
|
|
&& pum_wanted()
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
|
|
&& (compl_shown_match == NULL
|
|
|| compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) {
|
|
// BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader".
|
|
if ((s->c == K_BS || s->c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
&& (s->c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) {
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When no match was selected or it was edited.
|
|
if (!compl_used_match) {
|
|
// CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
// "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
// there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then.
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_L
|
|
&& (!CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|| (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
> curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) {
|
|
ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A non-white character that fits in with the current
|
|
// completion: Add to "compl_leader".
|
|
if (ins_compl_accept_char(s->c)) {
|
|
// Trigger InsertCharPre.
|
|
char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(s->c);
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (str != NULL) {
|
|
for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) {
|
|
ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p));
|
|
}
|
|
xfree(str);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_compl_addleader(s->c);
|
|
}
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
|
|
// compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same.
|
|
if ((s->c == Ctrl_Y
|
|
|| (compl_enter_selects
|
|
&& (s->c == CAR || s->c == K_KENTER || s->c == NL)))
|
|
&& stop_arrow() == OK) {
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
ins_compl_insert(false);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but it does
|
|
// fix up the text when finishing completion.
|
|
compl_get_longest = false;
|
|
if (ins_compl_prep(s->c)) {
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
// CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
// CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_BSL) {
|
|
// may need to redraw when no more chars available now
|
|
ins_redraw(false);
|
|
no_mapping++;
|
|
s->c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
no_mapping--;
|
|
if (s->c != Ctrl_N && s->c != Ctrl_G && s->c != Ctrl_O) {
|
|
// it's something else
|
|
vungetc(s->c);
|
|
s->c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
} else if (s->c == Ctrl_G && p_im) {
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_O) {
|
|
ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
ins_at_eol = false; // cursor keeps its column
|
|
s->nomove = true;
|
|
}
|
|
s->count = 0;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s->c = do_digraph(s->c);
|
|
|
|
if ((s->c == Ctrl_V || s->c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_V || s->c == Ctrl_Q) {
|
|
ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
s->c = Ctrl_V; // pretend CTRL-V is last typed character
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cindent_on()
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode == 0) {
|
|
// A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
// inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
// A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
// done before inserting the key.
|
|
s->line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
if (in_cinkeys(s->c, '!', s->line_is_white)) {
|
|
insert_do_cindent(s);
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(s->c, '*', s->line_is_white)
|
|
&& stop_arrow() == OK) {
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
switch (s->c) {
|
|
case K_LEFT: s->c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
case K_S_LEFT: s->c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
case K_C_LEFT: s->c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
case K_RIGHT: s->c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
case K_S_RIGHT: s->c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
case K_C_RIGHT: s->c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
// does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
// characters.
|
|
if (ins_start_select(s->c)) {
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return insert_handle_key(s);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int insert_handle_key(InsertState *s)
|
|
{
|
|
// The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
// TODO(tarruda): This could look better if a lookup table is used.
|
|
// (similar to normal mode `nv_cmds[]`)
|
|
switch (s->c) {
|
|
case ESC: // End input mode
|
|
if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_C: // End input mode
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) {
|
|
// Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
got_int = false; // don't stop executing autocommands et al
|
|
s->nomove = true;
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway through a mapping, don't leave
|
|
// Insert mode
|
|
if (goto_im()) {
|
|
if (got_int) {
|
|
(void)vgetc(); // flush all buffers
|
|
got_int = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_IM);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_Z: // suspend when 'insertmode' set
|
|
if (!p_im) {
|
|
goto normalchar; // insert CTRL-Z as normal char
|
|
}
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd("stop");
|
|
ui_cursor_shape(); // may need to update cursor shape
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_O: // execute one command
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
|
// don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore".
|
|
if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) {
|
|
ins_at_eol = false;
|
|
s->nomove = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s->count = 0;
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
|
|
case K_INS: // toggle insert/replace mode
|
|
case K_KINS:
|
|
ins_insert(s->replaceState);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_SELECT: // end of Select mode mapping - ignore
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
case K_HELP: // Help key works like <ESC> <Help>
|
|
case K_F1:
|
|
case K_XF1:
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
if (p_im) {
|
|
need_start_insertmode = true;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ' ':
|
|
if (mod_mask != 4) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
}
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case K_ZERO: // Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
case NUL:
|
|
case Ctrl_A:
|
|
// For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
// error.
|
|
if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (s->c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
&& s->c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) {
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
}
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_R: // insert the contents of a register
|
|
ins_reg();
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_G: // commands starting with CTRL-G
|
|
ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_HAT: // switch input mode and/or langmap
|
|
ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl__: // switch between languages
|
|
if (!p_ari) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
}
|
|
ins_ctrl_();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_D: // Make indent one shiftwidth smaller.
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_T: // Make indent one shiftwidth greater.
|
|
if (s->c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) {
|
|
if (check_compl_option(false)) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
ins_shift(s->c, s->lastc);
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_DEL: // delete character under the cursor
|
|
case K_KDEL:
|
|
ins_del();
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_BS: // delete character before the cursor
|
|
case Ctrl_H:
|
|
s->did_backspace = ins_bs(s->c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &s->inserted_space);
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_W: // delete word before the cursor
|
|
s->did_backspace = ins_bs(s->c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &s->inserted_space);
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_U: // delete all inserted text in current line
|
|
// CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'.
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
} else {
|
|
s->did_backspace = ins_bs(s->c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &s->inserted_space);
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_LEFTMOUSE: // mouse keys
|
|
case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
ins_mouse(s->c);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_MOUSEDOWN: // Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up
|
|
ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_MOUSEUP: // Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down
|
|
ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_MOUSELEFT: // Scroll wheel left
|
|
ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_MOUSERIGHT: // Scroll wheel right
|
|
ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_IGNORE: // Something mapped to nothing
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_EVENT: // some event
|
|
multiqueue_process_events(main_loop.events);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_FOCUSGAINED: // Neovim has been given focus
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_FOCUSGAINED, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_FOCUSLOST: // Neovim has lost focus
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_FOCUSLOST, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_HOME: // <Home>
|
|
case K_KHOME:
|
|
case K_S_HOME:
|
|
case K_C_HOME:
|
|
ins_home(s->c);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_END: // <End>
|
|
case K_KEND:
|
|
case K_S_END:
|
|
case K_C_END:
|
|
ins_end(s->c);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_LEFT: // <Left>
|
|
if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) {
|
|
ins_s_left();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_left(dont_sync_undo == false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_S_LEFT: // <S-Left>
|
|
case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
ins_s_left();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_RIGHT: // <Right>
|
|
if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) {
|
|
ins_s_right();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_right(dont_sync_undo == false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_S_RIGHT: // <S-Right>
|
|
case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
ins_s_right();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_UP: // <Up>
|
|
if (pum_visible()) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
} else if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) {
|
|
ins_pageup();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_up(false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_S_UP: // <S-Up>
|
|
case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
if (pum_visible()) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_pageup();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_DOWN: // <Down>
|
|
if (pum_visible()) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
} else if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) {
|
|
ins_pagedown();
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_down(false);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_S_DOWN: // <S-Down>
|
|
case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
if (pum_visible()) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_pagedown();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
case K_S_TAB: // When not mapped, use like a normal TAB
|
|
s->c = TAB;
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
|
|
case TAB: // TAB or Complete patterns along path
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
if (ins_tab()) {
|
|
goto normalchar; // insert TAB as a normal char
|
|
}
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case K_KENTER: // <Enter>
|
|
s->c = CAR;
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case CAR:
|
|
case NL:
|
|
// In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
// cursor.
|
|
if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && s->c == CAR) {
|
|
if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) { // quickfix window
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(".cc");
|
|
} else { // location list window
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd(".ll");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (cmdwin_type != 0) {
|
|
// Execute the command in the cmdline window.
|
|
cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (ins_eol(s->c) && !p_im) {
|
|
return 0; // out of memory
|
|
}
|
|
auto_format(false, false);
|
|
s->inserted_space = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_K: // digraph or keyword completion
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) {
|
|
if (check_compl_option(true)) {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s->c = ins_digraph();
|
|
if (s->c == NUL) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_X: // Enter CTRL-X mode
|
|
ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_RSB: // Tag name completion after ^X
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
} else {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_F: // File name completion after ^X
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
} else {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 's': // Spelling completion after ^X
|
|
case Ctrl_S:
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
} else {
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_L: // Whole line completion after ^X
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) {
|
|
// CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode
|
|
if (p_im) {
|
|
if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0; // exit insert mode
|
|
}
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
}
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_P: // Do previous/next pattern completion
|
|
case Ctrl_N:
|
|
// if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
// but it is under other ^X modes
|
|
if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
&& !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) {
|
|
goto normalchar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
insert_do_complete(s);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Ctrl_Y: // copy from previous line or scroll down
|
|
case Ctrl_E: // copy from next line or scroll up
|
|
s->c = ins_ctrl_ey(s->c);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
normalchar:
|
|
// Insert a normal character.
|
|
if (!p_paste) {
|
|
// Trigger InsertCharPre.
|
|
char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(s->c);
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (str != NULL) {
|
|
if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) {
|
|
// Insert the new value of v:char literally.
|
|
for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) {
|
|
s->c = PTR2CHAR(p);
|
|
if (s->c == CAR || s->c == K_KENTER || s->c == NL) {
|
|
ins_eol(s->c);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_char(s->c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
xfree(str);
|
|
s->c = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the new value is already inserted or an empty string
|
|
// then don't insert any character.
|
|
if (s->c == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Try to perform smart-indenting.
|
|
ins_try_si(s->c);
|
|
|
|
if (s->c == ' ') {
|
|
s->inserted_space = true;
|
|
if (inindent(0)) {
|
|
can_cindent = false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) {
|
|
Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a
|
|
// special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without
|
|
// inserting it.
|
|
if (vim_iswordc(s->c)
|
|
|| (!echeck_abbr(
|
|
// Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
// what check_abbr() expects.
|
|
(has_mbyte && s->c >= 0x100) ? (s->c + ABBR_OFF) : s->c)
|
|
&& s->c != Ctrl_RSB)) {
|
|
insert_special(s->c, false, false);
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
revins_chars++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
auto_format(false, true);
|
|
|
|
// When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
// closed fold.
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
break;
|
|
} // end of switch (s->c)
|
|
|
|
return 1; // continue
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void insert_do_complete(InsertState *s)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_busy = true;
|
|
if (ins_complete(s->c, true) == FAIL) {
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
compl_busy = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void insert_do_cindent(InsertState *s)
|
|
{
|
|
// Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
if (in_cinkeys(s->c, ' ', s->line_is_white)) {
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == OK) {
|
|
// re-indent the current line
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
///
|
|
/// "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
/// 'i' normal insert command
|
|
/// 'a' normal append command
|
|
/// 'R' replace command
|
|
/// 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>.
|
|
/// Note: count can be > 1, for redo, but still only one <CR> is inserted.
|
|
/// <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
/// 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
/// 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
/// 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
/// and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param cmdchar command that started the insert
|
|
/// @param startln if true, insert at start of line
|
|
/// @param count repeat count for the command
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
bool edit(int cmdchar, bool startln, long count)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curbuf->terminal) {
|
|
if (ex_normal_busy) {
|
|
// Do not enter terminal mode from ex_normal(), which would cause havoc
|
|
// (such as terminal-mode recursiveness). Instead set a flag to force-set
|
|
// the value of `restart_edit` before `ex_normal` returns.
|
|
restart_edit = 'i';
|
|
force_restart_edit = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
terminal_enter();
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't allow inserting in the sandbox.
|
|
if (sandbox != 0) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
// caller of getcmdline() may get confused.
|
|
if (textlock != 0) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion.
|
|
if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InsertState state, *s = &state;
|
|
memset(s, 0, sizeof(InsertState));
|
|
s->state.execute = insert_execute;
|
|
s->state.check = insert_check;
|
|
s->cmdchar = cmdchar;
|
|
s->startln = startln;
|
|
s->count = count;
|
|
insert_enter(s);
|
|
return s->c == Ctrl_O;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
* This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
* option work correctly.
|
|
* Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
* inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ins_redraw (
|
|
int ready /* not busy with something */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0;
|
|
linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0;
|
|
int conceal_update_lines = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (char_avail())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
// visible, the command might delete it.
|
|
if (ready && (has_event(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI) || curwin->w_p_cole > 0)
|
|
&& !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
&& !pum_visible()) {
|
|
// Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
|
|
// highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
|
|
// a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
|
|
// again below, unfortunately.
|
|
if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) {
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_event(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI)) {
|
|
// Make sure curswant is correct, an autocommand may call
|
|
// getcurpos()
|
|
update_curswant();
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) {
|
|
conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum;
|
|
conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
conceal_update_lines = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Trigger TextChangedI if b_changedtick differs.
|
|
if (ready && has_event(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI)
|
|
&& last_changedtick != curbuf->b_changedtick
|
|
&& !pum_visible()) {
|
|
if (last_changedtick_buf == curbuf) {
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_TEXTCHANGEDI, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
last_changedtick_buf = curbuf;
|
|
last_changedtick = curbuf->b_changedtick;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (must_redraw)
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
if ((conceal_update_lines
|
|
&& (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line
|
|
|| conceal_cursor_line(curwin)))
|
|
|| need_cursor_line_redraw) {
|
|
if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line)
|
|
update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line);
|
|
update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0
|
|
? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line);
|
|
curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW;
|
|
}
|
|
showruler(FALSE);
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_v(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
int did_putchar = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) {
|
|
edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
did_putchar = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
|
add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
|
c = get_literal();
|
|
if (did_putchar)
|
|
/* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next
|
|
* line and will not removed by the redraw */
|
|
edit_unputchar();
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
revins_chars++;
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
* Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int pc_status;
|
|
#define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
#define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
#define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
#define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
static int pc_attr;
|
|
static int pc_row;
|
|
static int pc_col;
|
|
|
|
void edit_putchar(int c, int highlight)
|
|
{
|
|
int attr;
|
|
|
|
if (ScreenLines != NULL) {
|
|
update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
validate_cursor();
|
|
if (highlight)
|
|
attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
else
|
|
attr = 0;
|
|
pc_row = curwin->w_winrow + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
pc_col = curwin->w_wincol;
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_rl) {
|
|
pc_col += curwin->w_width - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
|
if (fix_col != pc_col) {
|
|
screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
--curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) {
|
|
screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
}
|
|
screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
*/
|
|
void edit_unputchar(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) {
|
|
if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
* Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
void display_dollar(colnr_T col)
|
|
{
|
|
colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
|
if (!redrawing())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
p = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
}
|
|
curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
if (curwin->w_wcol < curwin->w_width) {
|
|
edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
* in insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void undisplay_dollar(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dollar_vcol >= 0) {
|
|
dollar_vcol = -1;
|
|
redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
* Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
* type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
* type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
* type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
* if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
change_indent (
|
|
int type,
|
|
int amount,
|
|
int round,
|
|
int replaced, /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
int call_changed_bytes /* call changed_bytes() */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int vcol;
|
|
int last_vcol;
|
|
int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
int new_cursor_col;
|
|
int i;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
int save_p_list;
|
|
int start_col;
|
|
colnr_T vc;
|
|
colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
|
/* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
orig_line = vim_strsave(get_cursor_line_ptr()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
vcol = vc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
* possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
* characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
* cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
|
if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
start_col = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
(void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
|
|
else {
|
|
int save_State = State;
|
|
|
|
/* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
|
|
State = save_State;
|
|
}
|
|
insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
* If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
* compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
* non-blank character.
|
|
* If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
* If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
* to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (new_cursor_col >= 0) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
* Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
} else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
*/
|
|
vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
*/
|
|
vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
ptr = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) {
|
|
last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
else
|
|
++new_cursor_col;
|
|
vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
}
|
|
vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
* the right screen column.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
|
|
i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
ptr = xmallocz(i);
|
|
memset(ptr, ' ', i);
|
|
new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
ins_str(ptr);
|
|
xfree(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
* Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
|
if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & INSERT) {
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) {
|
|
if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
ai_col = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
* If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
* few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
* If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
* few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) {
|
|
while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) {
|
|
replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
--start_col;
|
|
}
|
|
while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) {
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
if (replaced) {
|
|
replace_push(replaced);
|
|
replaced = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
++start_col;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
* it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
* put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/* Save new line */
|
|
new_line = vim_strsave(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
|
|
/* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* Put back original line */
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
|
/* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
|
/* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
|
xfree(new_line);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
* insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
* modes.
|
|
*/
|
|
void truncate_spaces(char_u *line)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && ascii_iswhite(line[i]); i--) {
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
}
|
|
line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
* modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
* Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
|
|
* character.
|
|
*/
|
|
void backspace_until_column(int col)
|
|
{
|
|
while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
replace_do_bs(col);
|
|
else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
|
|
/// Only matters when there are composing characters.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param limit_col only delete the character if it is after this column
|
|
//
|
|
/// @return true when something was deleted.
|
|
static bool del_char_after_col(int limit_col)
|
|
{
|
|
if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) {
|
|
colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
|
// Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
|
|
// skip forward again when going too far back because of a
|
|
// composing character.
|
|
mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) {
|
|
int l = utf_ptr2len(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
|
|
if (l == 0) { // end of line
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*get_cursor_pos_ptr() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
del_bytes(ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col, false, true);
|
|
} else {
|
|
del_char(false);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_x(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
* CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) {
|
|
/* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
* compl_cont_status */
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
else
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
/* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that the "dict" or "tsr" option can be used.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param dict_opt check "dict" when true, "tsr" when false.
|
|
static bool check_compl_option(bool dict_opt)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dict_opt
|
|
? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL && !curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
: (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) {
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
msg_attr((dict_opt
|
|
? _("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
: _("'thesaurus' option is empty")), hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
if (emsg_silent == 0) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_COMPL);
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
ui_flush();
|
|
os_delay(2000L, false);
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that the character "c" a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
/// This depends on the current mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character to check
|
|
bool vim_is_ctrl_x_key(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
// Always allow ^R - let its results then be checked
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_R) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible.
|
|
if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (ctrl_x_mode) {
|
|
case 0: // Not in any CTRL-X mode
|
|
return c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X;
|
|
case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's';
|
|
case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E;
|
|
case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|| c == Ctrl_X;
|
|
case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
return c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N;
|
|
case CTRL_X_EVAL:
|
|
return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
}
|
|
EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that character "c" is part of the item currently being
|
|
/// completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
|
|
/// is visible.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character to check
|
|
static bool ins_compl_accept_char(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) {
|
|
// When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars.
|
|
return vim_isIDc(c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (ctrl_x_mode) {
|
|
case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
// When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
|
|
// path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
|
|
// "proto", not "proto/" as a whole
|
|
return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
// Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
|
|
// printable character, but do stop at white space.
|
|
return vim_isprintc(c) && !ascii_iswhite(c);
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
// For while line completion a space can be part of the line.
|
|
return vim_isprintc(c);
|
|
}
|
|
return vim_iswordc(c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
* case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
* text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
* the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
*/
|
|
int ins_compl_add_infercase(char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, int dir, int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
int i, c;
|
|
int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
|
|
int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
|
|
int min_len;
|
|
int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
|
|
int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) {
|
|
// Infer case of completed part.
|
|
|
|
// Find actual length of completion.
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
const char_u *p = str;
|
|
actual_len = 0;
|
|
while (*p != NUL) {
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
++actual_len;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
actual_len = len;
|
|
|
|
/* Find actual length of original text. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
const char_u *p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
actual_compl_length = 0;
|
|
while (*p != NUL) {
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
++actual_compl_length;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
actual_compl_length = compl_length;
|
|
|
|
/* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using
|
|
* thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */
|
|
min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length
|
|
? actual_len : actual_compl_length;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
|
|
wca = xmalloc(actual_len * sizeof(*wca));
|
|
{
|
|
const char_u *p = str;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < actual_len; i++) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
} else {
|
|
wca[i] = *(p++);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower?
|
|
{
|
|
const char_u *p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < min_len; i++) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
} else {
|
|
c = *(p++);
|
|
}
|
|
if (mb_islower(c)) {
|
|
has_lower = true;
|
|
if (mb_isupper(wca[i])) {
|
|
// Rule 1 is satisfied.
|
|
for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; i++) {
|
|
wca[i] = mb_tolower(wca[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
* upper case.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!has_lower) {
|
|
const char_u *p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < min_len; i++) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
} else {
|
|
c = *(p++);
|
|
}
|
|
if (was_letter && mb_isupper(c) && mb_islower(wca[i])) {
|
|
// Rule 2 is satisfied.
|
|
for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; i++) {
|
|
wca[i] = mb_toupper(wca[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
was_letter = mb_islower(c) || mb_isupper(c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Copy the original case of the part we typed.
|
|
{
|
|
const char_u *p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < min_len; i++) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
} else {
|
|
c = *(p++);
|
|
}
|
|
if (mb_islower(c)) {
|
|
wca[i] = mb_tolower(wca[i]);
|
|
} else if (mb_isupper(c)) {
|
|
wca[i] = mb_toupper(wca[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
|
|
// Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
|
|
// ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
|
|
// six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p = IObuff;
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
|
|
} else {
|
|
*(p++) = wca[i++];
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
xfree(wca);
|
|
|
|
return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, false, dir, flags,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, false, dir, flags, false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Add a match to the list of matches
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param[in] str Match to add.
|
|
/// @param[in] len Match length, -1 to use #STRLEN.
|
|
/// @param[in] icase Whether case is to be ignored.
|
|
/// @param[in] fname File name match comes from. May be NULL.
|
|
/// @param[in] cptext Extra text for popup menu. May be NULL. If not NULL,
|
|
/// must have exactly #CPT_COUNT items.
|
|
/// @param[in] cptext_allocated If true, will not copy cptext strings.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @note Will free strings in case of error.
|
|
/// cptext itself will not be freed.
|
|
/// @param[in] cdir Completion direction.
|
|
/// @param[in] adup True if duplicate matches are to be accepted.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return NOTDONE if the given string is already in the list of completions,
|
|
/// otherwise it is added to the list and OK is returned. FAIL will be
|
|
/// returned in case of error.
|
|
static int ins_compl_add(char_u *const str, int len,
|
|
const bool icase, char_u *const fname,
|
|
char_u *const *const cptext,
|
|
const bool cptext_allocated,
|
|
const Direction cdir, int flags, const bool adup)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ARG(1)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_T *match;
|
|
int dir = (cdir == kDirectionNotSet ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
|
|
os_breakcheck();
|
|
#define FREE_CPTEXT(cptext, cptext_allocated) \
|
|
do { \
|
|
if (cptext != NULL && cptext_allocated) { \
|
|
for (size_t i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; i++) { \
|
|
xfree(cptext[i]); \
|
|
} \
|
|
} \
|
|
} while (0)
|
|
if (got_int) {
|
|
FREE_CPTEXT(cptext, cptext_allocated);
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len < 0) {
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) {
|
|
match = compl_first_match;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (!(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
&& STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
|
|
&& match->cp_str[len] == NUL) {
|
|
FREE_CPTEXT(cptext, cptext_allocated);
|
|
return NOTDONE;
|
|
}
|
|
match = match->cp_next;
|
|
} while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
* Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
*/
|
|
match = xcalloc(1, sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len);
|
|
match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
|
|
/* match-fname is:
|
|
* - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
* - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
* - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
if (fname != NULL
|
|
&& compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
&& compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
&& STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
else if (fname != NULL) {
|
|
match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
} else {
|
|
match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
|
|
if (cptext != NULL) {
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; i++) {
|
|
if (cptext[i] == NULL) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*cptext[i] != NUL) {
|
|
match->cp_text[i] = (cptext_allocated
|
|
? cptext[i]
|
|
: (char_u *)xstrdup((char *)cptext[i]));
|
|
} else if (cptext_allocated) {
|
|
xfree(cptext[i]);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
else if (dir == FORWARD) {
|
|
match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
} else { /* BACKWARD */
|
|
match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match->cp_next)
|
|
match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
compl_first_match = match;
|
|
compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that "str[len]" matches with "match->cp_str", considering
|
|
/// "match->cp_icase".
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param match completion match
|
|
/// @param str character string to check
|
|
/// @param len lenth of "str"
|
|
static bool ins_compl_equal(compl_T *match, char_u *str, size_t len)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
|
|
{
|
|
if (match->cp_icase) {
|
|
return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_longest_match(compl_T *match)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p, *s;
|
|
int c1, c2;
|
|
int had_match;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_leader == NULL) {
|
|
/* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
* again after redrawing. */
|
|
if (!had_match)
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
p = compl_leader;
|
|
s = match->cp_str;
|
|
while (*p != NUL) {
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
} else {
|
|
c1 = *p;
|
|
c2 = *s;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match->cp_icase ? (mb_tolower(c1) != mb_tolower(c2))
|
|
: (c1 != c2)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
} else {
|
|
++p;
|
|
++s;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*p != NUL) {
|
|
/* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
* again after redrawing. */
|
|
if (!had_match)
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
* Frees matches[].
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_add_matches(int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int add_r = OK;
|
|
int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
NULL, NULL, false, dir, 0, false)) == OK) {
|
|
// If dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once.
|
|
dir = FORWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
* Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_make_cyclic(void)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_T *match;
|
|
int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_first_match != NULL) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the end of the list.
|
|
*/
|
|
match = compl_first_match;
|
|
/* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) {
|
|
match = match->cp_next;
|
|
++count;
|
|
}
|
|
match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
}
|
|
return count;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set variables that store noselect and noinsert behavior from the
|
|
// 'completeopt' value.
|
|
void completeopt_was_set(void)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_no_insert = false;
|
|
compl_no_select = false;
|
|
if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noselect") != NULL) {
|
|
compl_no_select = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "noinsert") != NULL) {
|
|
compl_no_insert = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
* "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
* "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
void set_completion(colnr_T startcol, list_T *list)
|
|
{
|
|
// If already doing completions stop it.
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) {
|
|
ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
}
|
|
ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
|
compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
compl_col = startcol;
|
|
compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol;
|
|
/* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(get_cursor_line_ptr() + compl_col,
|
|
compl_length);
|
|
if (ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, false, 0,
|
|
ORIGINAL_TEXT, false) != OK) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_EVAL;
|
|
|
|
ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
int save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
int save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol;
|
|
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
if (compl_no_insert || compl_no_select) {
|
|
ins_complete(K_DOWN, false);
|
|
if (compl_no_select) {
|
|
ins_complete(K_UP, false);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_complete(Ctrl_N, false);
|
|
}
|
|
compl_enter_selects = compl_no_insert;
|
|
|
|
// Lazily show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted.
|
|
if (!compl_interrupted) {
|
|
show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ui_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
* popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_upd_pum(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int h;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_match_array != NULL) {
|
|
h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Remove any popup menu.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_del_pum(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (compl_match_array != NULL) {
|
|
pum_undisplay();
|
|
xfree(compl_match_array);
|
|
compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
static bool pum_wanted(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
// "completeopt" must contain "menu" or "menuone"
|
|
return vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') != NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
/// One if "completopt" contains "menuone".
|
|
static bool pum_enough_matches(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
// one (ignoring the original text).
|
|
compl_T *comp = compl_first_match;
|
|
int i = 0;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (comp == NULL || ((comp->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
comp = comp->cp_next;
|
|
} while (comp != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
|
if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) {
|
|
return i >= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return i >= 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
* Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void ins_compl_show_pum(void)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_T *compl;
|
|
compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int cur = -1;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
int lead_len = 0;
|
|
bool array_changed = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
do_cmdline_cmd("if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
|
/* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
|
|
if (compl_match_array == NULL) {
|
|
array_changed = true;
|
|
// Need to build the popup menu list.
|
|
compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
/*
|
|
* If it's user complete function and refresh_always,
|
|
* not use "compl_leader" as prefix filter.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (ins_compl_need_restart()){
|
|
xfree(compl_leader);
|
|
compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
do {
|
|
if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
&& (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|| ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
assert(compl_match_arraysize >= 0);
|
|
compl_match_array = xcalloc(compl_match_arraysize, sizeof(pumitem_T));
|
|
/* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
* match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
do {
|
|
if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
&& (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|| ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) {
|
|
if (!shown_match_ok) {
|
|
if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) {
|
|
/* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
* first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
/* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
* shown match is just below it. */
|
|
shown_compl = compl;
|
|
cur = i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
else
|
|
compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
else
|
|
compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl == compl_shown_match) {
|
|
did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
* compl_shown_match. */
|
|
if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) {
|
|
/* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
* previously displayed match. */
|
|
compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
} while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
|
if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
cur = -1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|| compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
== compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) {
|
|
cur = i;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// In Replace mode when a $ is displayed at the end of the line only
|
|
// part of the screen would be updated. We do need to redraw here.
|
|
dollar_vcol = -1;
|
|
|
|
// Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
// Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right.
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur, array_changed);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
#define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
* files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
ins_compl_dictionaries (
|
|
char_u *dict_start,
|
|
char_u *pat,
|
|
int flags, /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
int thesaurus /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
char_u **files;
|
|
int count;
|
|
int save_p_scs;
|
|
int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
|
if (*dict == NUL) {
|
|
/* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
* "spell". */
|
|
if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
else
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
buf = xmalloc(LSIZE);
|
|
regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
|
|
|
|
/* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
* to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
* pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
|
|
|
|
size_t len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
|
|
ptr = xmalloc(len);
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
xfree(pat_esc);
|
|
xfree(ptr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) {
|
|
/* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
if (flags == DICT_EXACT) {
|
|
count = 1;
|
|
files = &dict;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
* backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
* a modeline). */
|
|
copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
count = -1;
|
|
else if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|| expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (count == -1) {
|
|
/* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
* don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
else
|
|
ptr = pat;
|
|
spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
} else if (count > 0) { /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
|
|
ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
}
|
|
if (flags != 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
xfree(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_compl_files(int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
int i;
|
|
FILE *fp;
|
|
int add_r;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) {
|
|
fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
if (flags != DICT_EXACT) {
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
_("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
(void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fp == NULL) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
* Check each line for a match.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
&& !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) {
|
|
ptr = buf;
|
|
while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) {
|
|
ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
(int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
if (thesaurus) {
|
|
char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add the other matches on the line
|
|
*/
|
|
ptr = buf;
|
|
while (!got_int) {
|
|
/* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
* space and punctuation. */
|
|
ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
break;
|
|
wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
|
/* Find end of the word. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
/* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
* different classes, only separate words
|
|
* with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
while (*ptr != NUL) {
|
|
int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
|
if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
break;
|
|
ptr += l;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
|
/* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
|
|
if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
|
|
add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
(int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (add_r == OK)
|
|
/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
*dir = FORWARD;
|
|
else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
* of line */
|
|
if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
ins_compl_check_keys(50, false);
|
|
}
|
|
fclose(fp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the start of the next word.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *find_word_start(char_u *ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
else
|
|
while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
++ptr;
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *find_word_end(char_u *ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
int start_class;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
if (start_class > 1)
|
|
while (*ptr != NUL) {
|
|
ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
++ptr;
|
|
return ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *find_line_end(char_u *ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
|
|
s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
--s;
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Free the list of completions
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_free(void)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_T *match;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
xfree(compl_pattern);
|
|
compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
xfree(compl_leader);
|
|
compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
pum_clear();
|
|
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
do {
|
|
match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
xfree(match->cp_str);
|
|
/* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
xfree(match->cp_fname);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
xfree(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
xfree(match);
|
|
} while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_compl_clear(void)
|
|
{
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
compl_matches = 0;
|
|
xfree(compl_pattern);
|
|
compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
xfree(compl_leader);
|
|
compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
xfree(compl_orig_text);
|
|
compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
// clear v:completed_item
|
|
set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, tv_dict_alloc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that Insert completion is active.
|
|
bool ins_compl_active(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE
|
|
{
|
|
return compl_started;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
* that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
* Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
* to be got from the user.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_bs(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
line = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
|
// Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
|
|
// allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything.
|
|
// Respect the 'backspace' option.
|
|
if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
|
|
|| ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_OMNI) || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_EVAL
|
|
|| (!can_bs(BS_START) && (int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col
|
|
- compl_length < 0)) {
|
|
return K_BS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
|
|
* finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
|
|
|| ins_compl_need_restart())
|
|
ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
|
xfree(compl_leader);
|
|
compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
if (compl_shown_match != NULL)
|
|
/* Make sure current match is not a hidden item. */
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
|
return NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to
|
|
/// be called.
|
|
static bool ins_compl_need_restart(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE
|
|
{
|
|
// Return true if we didn't complete finding matches or when the
|
|
// "completefunc" returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item.
|
|
return compl_was_interrupted
|
|
|| ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
&& compl_opt_refresh_always);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called after changing "compl_leader".
|
|
* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
|
|
* May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_new_leader(void)
|
|
{
|
|
ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_started) {
|
|
ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
} else {
|
|
spell_bad_len = 0; // need to redetect bad word
|
|
// Matches were cleared, need to search for them now.
|
|
// Set "compl_restarting" to avoid that the first match is inserted.
|
|
compl_restarting = true;
|
|
if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N, true) == FAIL) {
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
compl_restarting = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
|
|
|
|
/* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
|
/* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu.
|
|
* Don't let Enter select when use user function and refresh_always is set */
|
|
if (compl_match_array == NULL || ins_compl_need_restart())
|
|
compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
|
|
* the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_len(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
|
if (off < 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
return off;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
* matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_addleader(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) {
|
|
char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
|
(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_char(c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
|
|
if (ins_compl_need_restart())
|
|
ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
|
xfree(compl_leader);
|
|
compl_leader = vim_strnsave(get_cursor_line_ptr() + compl_col,
|
|
(int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col));
|
|
ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
|
|
* BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_restart(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* update screen before restart.
|
|
* so if complete is blocked,
|
|
* will stay to the last popup menu and reduce flicker */
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
ins_compl_free();
|
|
compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
compl_matches = 0;
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_set_original_text(char_u *str)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) { /* safety check */
|
|
xfree(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
compl_first_match->cp_str = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
* matches.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_addfrommatch(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
int c;
|
|
compl_T *cp;
|
|
|
|
p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) { /* the match is too short */
|
|
/* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
|
|
* the leader. */
|
|
if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) {
|
|
p = NULL;
|
|
for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
|
|
&& cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) {
|
|
if (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|| ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
|
|
(int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) {
|
|
p = cp->cp_str;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
|
|
return;
|
|
} else
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
p += len;
|
|
c = PTR2CHAR(p);
|
|
ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
/// Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character that was typed
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
static bool ins_compl_prep(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
bool retval = false;
|
|
|
|
/* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
* a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
|
|
if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP
|
|
|| c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT || c == K_EVENT
|
|
|| c == K_FOCUSGAINED || c == K_FOCUSLOST) {
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|| (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) {
|
|
compl_get_longest = (strstr((char *)p_cot, "longest") != NULL);
|
|
compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
* it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (c) {
|
|
case Ctrl_E:
|
|
case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
else
|
|
edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
showmode();
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_L:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_F:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_K:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_R:
|
|
/* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_T:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_U:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_O:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
break;
|
|
case 's':
|
|
case Ctrl_S:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
--emsg_off;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_I:
|
|
case K_S_TAB:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_D:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_V:
|
|
case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Ctrl_P:
|
|
case Ctrl_N:
|
|
/* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
* just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
* the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
* do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
* ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
* nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
* doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
/* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
default:
|
|
/* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
* compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
* mode).
|
|
* For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
* value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
* mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
* Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
* 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
* In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
* mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_X) {
|
|
if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
}
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
showmode();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) {
|
|
/* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) {
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) {
|
|
/* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
* 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
* showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
showmode();
|
|
if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
&& !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) {
|
|
/* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
* ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
* memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
* ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
* buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
* of the original text that has changed.
|
|
* When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
* CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
else
|
|
ptr = NULL;
|
|
ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
// When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
// Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) {
|
|
/* re-indent the current line */
|
|
if (want_cindent) {
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
// put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting
|
|
if (prev_col > 0) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!arrow_used && !ins_need_undo && c != Ctrl_E) {
|
|
insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (prev_col > 0
|
|
&& get_cursor_line_ptr()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) {
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
// the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
// compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same.
|
|
if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
&& (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
&& pum_visible()) {
|
|
retval = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text.
|
|
// but only do this, if the Popup is still visible
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_E) {
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
if (compl_leader != NULL) {
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
} else if (compl_first_match != NULL) {
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
|
|
}
|
|
retval = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
ins_compl_free();
|
|
compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
compl_matches = 0;
|
|
if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) {
|
|
msg_clr_cmdline(); // necessary for "noshowmode"
|
|
}
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
if (edit_submode != NULL) {
|
|
edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Avoid the popup menu remains displayed when leaving the
|
|
// command line window.
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) {
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
/* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
|
|
* upon the completion. */
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG)
|
|
/* Trigger the CompleteDone event to give scripts a chance to act
|
|
* upon the (possibly failed) completion. */
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_COMPLETEDONE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
|
/* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
* (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) {
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return retval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed
|
|
* text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text.
|
|
* "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(char_u *ptr_arg)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *ptr = ptr_arg;
|
|
|
|
if (ptr == NULL) {
|
|
if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
else
|
|
return; /* nothing to do */
|
|
}
|
|
if (compl_orig_text != NULL) {
|
|
p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len)
|
|
;
|
|
if (len > 0)
|
|
len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len);
|
|
for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
} else {
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
* (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
* buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
* buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
*
|
|
* Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
*/
|
|
static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf(buf_T *buf, int flag)
|
|
{
|
|
static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (flag == 'w') { /* just windows */
|
|
if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
wp = curwin;
|
|
assert(wp);
|
|
while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
&& wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
;
|
|
buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
} else
|
|
/* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
* (unlisted buffers)
|
|
* When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
&& ((flag == 'U'
|
|
? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
: (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|| (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|| buf->b_scanned))
|
|
;
|
|
return buf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
* get matches in "matches".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
expand_by_function (
|
|
int type, /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
char_u *base
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
list_T *matchlist = NULL;
|
|
dict_T *matchdict = NULL;
|
|
char_u *funcname;
|
|
pos_T pos;
|
|
win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
typval_T rettv;
|
|
|
|
funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches.
|
|
const char_u *const args[2] = { (char_u *)"0", base };
|
|
|
|
pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
|
/* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */
|
|
if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) {
|
|
switch (rettv.v_type) {
|
|
case VAR_LIST:
|
|
matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list;
|
|
break;
|
|
case VAR_DICT:
|
|
matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
// TODO(brammool): Give error message?
|
|
tv_clear(&rettv);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_complwin));
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
validate_cursor();
|
|
if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_compldel));
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (matchlist != NULL)
|
|
ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
else if (matchdict != NULL)
|
|
ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict);
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
if (matchdict != NULL) {
|
|
tv_dict_unref(matchdict);
|
|
}
|
|
if (matchlist != NULL) {
|
|
tv_list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add completions from a list.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_add_list(list_T *list)
|
|
{
|
|
listitem_T *li;
|
|
int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
|
/* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) {
|
|
if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
/* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
dir = FORWARD;
|
|
else if (did_emsg)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add completions from a dict.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_compl_add_dict(dict_T *dict)
|
|
{
|
|
dictitem_T *di_refresh;
|
|
dictitem_T *di_words;
|
|
|
|
// Check for optional "refresh" item.
|
|
compl_opt_refresh_always = false;
|
|
di_refresh = tv_dict_find(dict, S_LEN("refresh"));
|
|
if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) {
|
|
const char *v = (const char *)di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string;
|
|
|
|
if (v != NULL && strcmp(v, "always") == 0) {
|
|
compl_opt_refresh_always = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add completions from a "words" list.
|
|
di_words = tv_dict_find(dict, S_LEN("words"));
|
|
if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) {
|
|
ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Add a match to the list of matches from VimL object
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param[in] tv Object to get matches from.
|
|
/// @param[in] dir Completion direction.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return NOTDONE if the given string is already in the list of completions,
|
|
/// otherwise it is added to the list and OK is returned. FAIL will be
|
|
/// returned in case of error.
|
|
int ins_compl_add_tv(typval_T *const tv, const Direction dir)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ALL
|
|
{
|
|
const char *word;
|
|
bool icase = false;
|
|
bool adup = false;
|
|
bool aempty = false;
|
|
char *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
|
if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) {
|
|
word = tv_dict_get_string(tv->vval.v_dict, "word", false);
|
|
cptext[CPT_ABBR] = tv_dict_get_string(tv->vval.v_dict, "abbr", true);
|
|
cptext[CPT_MENU] = tv_dict_get_string(tv->vval.v_dict, "menu", true);
|
|
cptext[CPT_KIND] = tv_dict_get_string(tv->vval.v_dict, "kind", true);
|
|
cptext[CPT_INFO] = tv_dict_get_string(tv->vval.v_dict, "info", true);
|
|
|
|
icase = (bool)tv_dict_get_number(tv->vval.v_dict, "icase");
|
|
adup = (bool)tv_dict_get_number(tv->vval.v_dict, "dup");
|
|
aempty = (bool)tv_dict_get_number(tv->vval.v_dict, "empty");
|
|
} else {
|
|
word = (const char *)tv_get_string_chk(tv);
|
|
memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
}
|
|
if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) {
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
return ins_compl_add((char_u *)word, -1, icase, NULL,
|
|
(char_u **)cptext, true, dir, 0, adup);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
* The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
* compl_direction.
|
|
* When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
* where we stopped searching before.
|
|
* This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
* Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_get_exp(pos_T *ini)
|
|
{
|
|
static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
certain type. */
|
|
static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
|
|
pos_T *pos;
|
|
char_u **matches;
|
|
int save_p_scs;
|
|
bool save_p_ws;
|
|
int save_p_ic;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int num_matches;
|
|
int len;
|
|
int found_new_match;
|
|
int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
int dict_f = 0;
|
|
compl_T *old_match;
|
|
int set_match_pos;
|
|
int l_ctrl_x_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
|
if (!compl_started) {
|
|
FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) {
|
|
buf->b_scanned = false;
|
|
}
|
|
found_all = FALSE;
|
|
ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
/* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
set_match_pos = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
assert(l_ctrl_x_mode == ctrl_x_mode);
|
|
|
|
/* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
* or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
* entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
if ((l_ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode))
|
|
&& (!compl_started || found_all)) {
|
|
found_all = FALSE;
|
|
while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
e_cpt++;
|
|
if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) {
|
|
ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
/* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
if (l_ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
type = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Remember the first match so that the loop stops when we
|
|
* wrap and come back there a second time. */
|
|
set_match_pos = TRUE;
|
|
} else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
&& (ins_buf =
|
|
ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) {
|
|
/* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) { /* loaded buffer */
|
|
compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
type = 0;
|
|
} else { /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
found_all = TRUE;
|
|
if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
continue;
|
|
type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
: ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
? ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
: ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
(void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
} else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
else {
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
type = -1;
|
|
} else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') {
|
|
if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
else
|
|
type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) {
|
|
dict = e_cpt;
|
|
dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') {
|
|
type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
(void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
} else
|
|
type = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
(void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
|
found_all = TRUE;
|
|
if (type == -1)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (type) {
|
|
case -1:
|
|
break;
|
|
case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
((type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
&& !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
? FIND_DEFINE
|
|
: FIND_ANY),
|
|
1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 1, MAXLNUM);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
: (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
? p_tsr
|
|
: curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
: (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
? p_dict
|
|
: curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
compl_pattern,
|
|
dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
: 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
dict = NULL;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
/* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
|
/* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number
|
|
* of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
TAG_INS_COMP | (l_ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) {
|
|
ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
}
|
|
p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) {
|
|
|
|
/* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_fic || p_wic);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
&num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
/*
|
|
* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
*/
|
|
save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
assert(ins_buf);
|
|
if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
* end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
* buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
* wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
p_ws = false;
|
|
else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
p_ws = true;
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
int flags = 0;
|
|
|
|
++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
|
|
|
|
// CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode) || word-wise search that
|
|
// has added a word that was at the beginning of the line.
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) {
|
|
found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
} else
|
|
found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
compl_direction,
|
|
compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
|
|
--msg_silent;
|
|
if (!compl_started || set_match_pos) {
|
|
/* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
set_match_pos = FALSE;
|
|
} else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
&& first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
if (found_new_match == FAIL) {
|
|
if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
found_all = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
&& ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
&& ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
continue;
|
|
ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) {
|
|
if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
continue;
|
|
ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
if (!p_paste)
|
|
ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
} else {
|
|
char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) {
|
|
tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
/* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
continue;
|
|
/* Find start of next word. */
|
|
tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Find end of this word. */
|
|
tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
|
if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
&& len == compl_length) {
|
|
if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
// Try next line, if any. the new word will be "join" as if the
|
|
// normal command "J" was used. IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
// compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always works -- Acevedo
|
|
STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, false);
|
|
tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
/* Find start of next word. */
|
|
tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
/* Find end of next word. */
|
|
tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
if (tmp_ptr > ptr) {
|
|
if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) {
|
|
if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
/* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
if (p_js
|
|
&& (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
|| IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|| IObuff[len - 2] == '!')) {
|
|
IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* copy as much as possible of the new word */
|
|
if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
}
|
|
IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
ptr = IObuff;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == compl_length)
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
0, flags) != NOTDONE) {
|
|
found_new_match = OK;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
* expansion added something) */
|
|
if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
|
/* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
* generic l_ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
if ((l_ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode))
|
|
|| found_new_match != FAIL) {
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
if (type != -1)
|
|
ins_compl_check_keys(0, false);
|
|
|
|
if ((l_ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode))
|
|
|| compl_interrupted) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) {
|
|
assert(ins_buf);
|
|
ins_buf->b_scanned = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ((l_ctrl_x_mode == 0 || CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode))
|
|
&& *e_cpt == NUL) { // Got to end of 'complete'
|
|
found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|| (l_ctrl_x_mode != 0 && !CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(l_ctrl_x_mode))) {
|
|
i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
* just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
* or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
: old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
static void ins_compl_delete(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int col;
|
|
|
|
// In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
// In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
col = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
if ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) {
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
backspace_until_column(col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TODO(vim): is this sufficient for redrawing? Redrawing everything
|
|
// causes flicker, thus we can't do that.
|
|
changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
// clear v:completed_item
|
|
set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, tv_dict_alloc());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert the new text being completed.
|
|
// "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check().
|
|
static void ins_compl_insert(int in_compl_func)
|
|
{
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
|
|
if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
else
|
|
compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
// Set completed item.
|
|
// { word, abbr, menu, kind, info }
|
|
dict_T *dict = tv_dict_alloc();
|
|
tv_dict_add_str(dict, S_LEN("word"),
|
|
(const char *)EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_str));
|
|
tv_dict_add_str(
|
|
dict, S_LEN("abbr"),
|
|
(const char *)EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]));
|
|
tv_dict_add_str(
|
|
dict, S_LEN("menu"),
|
|
(const char *)EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_MENU]));
|
|
tv_dict_add_str(
|
|
dict, S_LEN("kind"),
|
|
(const char *)EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_KIND]));
|
|
tv_dict_add_str(
|
|
dict, S_LEN("info"),
|
|
(const char *)EMPTY_IF_NULL(compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_INFO]));
|
|
set_vim_var_dict(VV_COMPLETED_ITEM, dict);
|
|
if (!in_compl_func) {
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
* If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
* get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
* are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
* we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
* through the ones found so far.
|
|
* Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
*
|
|
* compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
* compl_shown_match here.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
* "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
* calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
ins_compl_next (
|
|
int allow_get_expansion,
|
|
int count, // Repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
// be at least 1
|
|
int insert_match, // Insert the newly selected match
|
|
int in_compl_func // Called from complete_check()
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int num_matches = -1;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int todo = count;
|
|
compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
int advance;
|
|
int started = compl_started;
|
|
|
|
/* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next
|
|
* time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */
|
|
if (compl_shown_match == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
&& (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) {
|
|
/* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
* when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
&& compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
|
/* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
|
|
* backward, find the last match. */
|
|
if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
&& (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
|
|
|| compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) {
|
|
while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
&& compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
&& compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
&& (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
|
|
/* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
|
/* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
* don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
|
|
/* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
|
|
if (compl_restarting) {
|
|
advance = FALSE;
|
|
compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
* around. */
|
|
while (--todo >= 0) {
|
|
if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) {
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
&& (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|| compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
} else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
&& compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) {
|
|
found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!allow_get_expansion) {
|
|
if (advance) {
|
|
if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
compl_pending -= todo + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
compl_pending += todo + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!compl_no_select && advance) {
|
|
if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
--compl_pending;
|
|
else
|
|
++compl_pending;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find matches. */
|
|
num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
|
|
/* handle any pending completions */
|
|
while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
&& advance) {
|
|
if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) {
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
--compl_pending;
|
|
}
|
|
if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) {
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
++compl_pending;
|
|
} else
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
found_end = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
&& compl_leader != NULL
|
|
&& !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
++todo;
|
|
else
|
|
/* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
|
/* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
if (found_end) {
|
|
if (found_compl != NULL) {
|
|
compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
if (compl_no_insert && !started) {
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
} else if (insert_match) {
|
|
if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) {
|
|
ins_compl_insert(in_compl_func);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!allow_get_expansion) {
|
|
/* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
|
/* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
|
|
/* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
|
/* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
* don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
ins_compl_delete();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
* menu is visible. */
|
|
if (compl_no_insert && !started) {
|
|
compl_enter_selects = TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
* Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) {
|
|
STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
if (i <= 0)
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
msg(IObuff);
|
|
redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return num_matches;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
// that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
// mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
// possible. -- webb
|
|
// "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
// "in_compl_func" is TRUE when called from complete_check(), don't set
|
|
// compl_curr_match.
|
|
void ins_compl_check_keys(int frequency, int in_compl_func)
|
|
{
|
|
static int count = 0;
|
|
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
* scripts */
|
|
if (using_script())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
if (++count < frequency)
|
|
return;
|
|
count = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
|
|
* can't do its work correctly. */
|
|
c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
if (c != NUL) {
|
|
if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) {
|
|
c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
(void)ins_compl_next(false, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN, in_compl_func);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
|
|
* back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
|
|
c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
if (c != K_IGNORE) {
|
|
/* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
|
|
* e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
|
|
if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
|
|
compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
vungetc(c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int && !compl_no_insert) {
|
|
int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
|
|
|
|
compl_pending = 0;
|
|
(void)ins_compl_next(false, todo, true, in_compl_func);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
* Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_key2dir(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|| c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|| c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP) {
|
|
return BACKWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
return FORWARD;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that "c" is a valid completion key only while the popup menu is shown
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character to check
|
|
static bool ins_compl_pum_key(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|| c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN
|
|
|| c == K_S_DOWN || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
* Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_compl_key2count(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
int h;
|
|
|
|
if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) {
|
|
h = pum_get_height();
|
|
if (h > 3)
|
|
h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
return h;
|
|
}
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that completion with "c" should insert the match, false if only
|
|
/// to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character to check
|
|
static bool ins_compl_use_match(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_CONST FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
switch (c) {
|
|
case K_UP:
|
|
case K_DOWN:
|
|
case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
case K_S_UP:
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
* Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
* Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_complete(int c, bool enable_pum)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
int n;
|
|
int save_w_wrow;
|
|
int save_w_leftcol;
|
|
int insert_match;
|
|
int save_did_ai = did_ai;
|
|
|
|
compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
insert_match = ins_compl_use_match(c);
|
|
|
|
if (!compl_started) {
|
|
/* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
compl_pending = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
* "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
* instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
* "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
|
|
* (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
|
|
* is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
|
|
* the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
&& compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* it is a continued search
|
|
*/
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) {
|
|
if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) {
|
|
/* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
* first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
* include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
* want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
* beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
* mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) {
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
line + compl_length
|
|
+ compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
}
|
|
compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
}
|
|
compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
/* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
* have enough space? just being paranoid */
|
|
#define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) {
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
}
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
} else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
} else
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
} else
|
|
compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) { /* normal expansion */
|
|
compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
compl_col = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) {
|
|
if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) {
|
|
if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) {
|
|
while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
;
|
|
compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
}
|
|
if (p_ic)
|
|
compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
else
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
} else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) {
|
|
char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
|
/* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */
|
|
compl_pattern = xmalloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
compl_length) + 2);
|
|
if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|| (compl_col > 0
|
|
&& (
|
|
vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
)))
|
|
prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
} else if (--startcol < 0
|
|
|| !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))) {
|
|
// Match any word of at least two chars
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
compl_length = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
* or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
int base_class;
|
|
int head_off;
|
|
|
|
startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
while (--startcol >= 0) {
|
|
head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
- head_off))
|
|
break;
|
|
startcol -= head_off;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
;
|
|
compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
if (compl_length == 1) {
|
|
/* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
* there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
* xmalloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
*/
|
|
compl_pattern = xmalloc(7);
|
|
STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
} else {
|
|
compl_pattern = xmalloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
compl_length) + 2);
|
|
STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
(void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
compl_length);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
compl_length = 0;
|
|
if (p_ic)
|
|
compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
else
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) {
|
|
/* Go back to just before the first filename character. */
|
|
if (startcol > 0) {
|
|
char_u *p = line + startcol;
|
|
|
|
mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
while (p > line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
|
|
mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
if (p == line && vim_isfilec(PTR2CHAR(p)))
|
|
startcol = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
startcol = (int)(p - line) + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
compl_col += startcol;
|
|
compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) {
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
(int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col, false);
|
|
if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|| compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) {
|
|
// No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
|
|
// "pattern not found" message.
|
|
compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
} else {
|
|
compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
}
|
|
compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode ==
|
|
CTRL_X_OMNI) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
* set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
int col;
|
|
char_u *funcname;
|
|
pos_T pos;
|
|
win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
|
/* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
* string */
|
|
funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
if (*funcname == NUL) {
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
// restore did_ai, so that adding comment leader works
|
|
did_ai = save_did_ai;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const char_u *const args[2] = { (char_u *)"1", NULL };
|
|
pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_complwin));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
validate_cursor();
|
|
if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_compldel));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to
|
|
* cancel the complete without an error.
|
|
* Return value -3 does the same as -2 and leaves CTRL-X mode.*/
|
|
if (col == -2)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
if (col == -3) {
|
|
ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) {
|
|
msg_clr_cmdline();
|
|
}
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new
|
|
* completion.
|
|
*/
|
|
compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (col < 0)
|
|
col = curs_col;
|
|
compl_col = col;
|
|
if (compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
|
/* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
* it may have become invalid. */
|
|
line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
} else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) {
|
|
if (spell_bad_len > 0) {
|
|
assert(spell_bad_len <= INT_MAX);
|
|
compl_col = curs_col - (int)spell_bad_len;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) {
|
|
compl_length = 0;
|
|
compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
} else {
|
|
spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
} else {
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) {
|
|
edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
if (CTRL_X_MODE_LINE_OR_EVAL(ctrl_x_mode)) {
|
|
/* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
|
curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
ins_eol('\r');
|
|
curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
compl_length = 0;
|
|
compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
else
|
|
edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
|
/* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix
|
|
* the redo buffer. */
|
|
ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
xfree(compl_orig_text);
|
|
compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
if (ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, false, 0,
|
|
ORIGINAL_TEXT, false) != OK) {
|
|
xfree(compl_pattern);
|
|
compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
xfree(compl_orig_text);
|
|
compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
* be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
* longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
*/
|
|
edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
showmode();
|
|
edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
ui_flush();
|
|
} else if (insert_match && stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
*/
|
|
save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
save_w_leftcol = curwin->w_leftcol;
|
|
n = ins_compl_next(true, ins_compl_key2count(c), insert_match, false);
|
|
|
|
/* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
|
if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
compl_matches = n;
|
|
compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
|
/* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
|
|
* mode. */
|
|
if (got_int && !global_busy) {
|
|
(void)vgetc();
|
|
got_int = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) {
|
|
edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
&& compl_length > 1
|
|
? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
/* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
* because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
* ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
* (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|| (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|| (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
&& ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
else
|
|
compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
|
if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) {
|
|
if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) {
|
|
edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
} else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) {
|
|
edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
} else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) {
|
|
edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) {
|
|
int number = 0;
|
|
compl_T *match;
|
|
|
|
if (compl_direction == FORWARD) {
|
|
/* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
* This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
* cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
&& match != compl_first_match;
|
|
match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
if (match->cp_number != -1) {
|
|
number = match->cp_number;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match != NULL)
|
|
/* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
* yet */
|
|
for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
match = match->cp_next)
|
|
match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
} else { /* BACKWARD */
|
|
/* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
* number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
* first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
&& match != compl_first_match;
|
|
match = match->cp_next)
|
|
if (match->cp_number != -1) {
|
|
number = match->cp_number;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match != NULL)
|
|
/* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
* assigned yet */
|
|
for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
&& match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
* just a safety check. */
|
|
if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) {
|
|
/* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
|
|
* Translations may need more than twice that. */
|
|
static char_u match_ref[81];
|
|
|
|
if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
_("match %d of %d"),
|
|
compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
else
|
|
vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
_("match %d"),
|
|
compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
if (dollar_vcol >= 0)
|
|
curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
showmode();
|
|
if (!shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) {
|
|
if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) {
|
|
if (!p_smd) {
|
|
msg_attr((const char *)edit_submode_extra,
|
|
(edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
msg_clr_cmdline(); // necessary for "noshowmode"
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted.
|
|
if (enable_pum && !compl_interrupted) {
|
|
show_pum(save_w_wrow, save_w_leftcol);
|
|
}
|
|
compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
|
|
compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
* If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
* a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
* Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
*/
|
|
static unsigned quote_meta(char_u *dest, char_u *src, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */
|
|
|
|
for (; --len >= 0; src++) {
|
|
switch (*src) {
|
|
case '.':
|
|
case '*':
|
|
case '[':
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
break;
|
|
// fallthrough
|
|
case '~':
|
|
if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
break;
|
|
// fallthrough
|
|
case '\\':
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|| ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
break;
|
|
// fallthrough
|
|
case '^': // currently it's not needed.
|
|
case '$':
|
|
m++;
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
*dest++ = '\\';
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
*dest++ = *src;
|
|
/* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
|
mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) {
|
|
--len;
|
|
++src;
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
*dest++ = *src;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (dest != NULL)
|
|
*dest = NUL;
|
|
|
|
return m;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
* A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
* If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
* For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
*/
|
|
int get_literal(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int nc;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int hex = FALSE;
|
|
int octal = FALSE;
|
|
int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
|
++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
cc = 0;
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
nc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
&& MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
)
|
|
add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
hex = TRUE;
|
|
else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
octal = TRUE;
|
|
else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
unicode = nc;
|
|
else {
|
|
if (hex
|
|
|| unicode != 0
|
|
) {
|
|
if (!ascii_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
break;
|
|
cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
} else if (octal) {
|
|
if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
break;
|
|
cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!ascii_isdigit(nc))
|
|
break;
|
|
cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cc > 255
|
|
&& unicode == 0
|
|
)
|
|
cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
nc = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (hex) { /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
if (i >= 2)
|
|
break;
|
|
} else if (unicode) { /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
break;
|
|
} else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == 0) { /* no number entered */
|
|
if (nc == K_ZERO) { /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
cc = '\n';
|
|
nc = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
cc = nc;
|
|
nc = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
cc = '\n';
|
|
if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
if (nc)
|
|
vungetc(nc);
|
|
got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
return cc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param ctrlv `c` was typed after CTRL-V
|
|
static void insert_special(int c, int allow_modmask, int ctrlv)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
* inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
* mode.
|
|
* Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
* unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) { // Command-key never produces a normal key.
|
|
allow_modmask = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) {
|
|
p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
c = p[len - 1];
|
|
if (len > 2) {
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
ins_str(p);
|
|
AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
* than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
* which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
* open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
* the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
* stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
* '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
*/
|
|
# define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
|
# define WHITECHAR(cc) (ascii_iswhite(cc) && \
|
|
(!enc_utf8 || \
|
|
!utf_iscomposing( \
|
|
utf_ptr2char(get_cursor_pos_ptr() + 1))))
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* "flags": INSCHAR_FORMAT - force formatting
|
|
* INSCHAR_CTRLV - char typed just after CTRL-V
|
|
* INSCHAR_NO_FEX - don't use 'formatexpr'
|
|
*
|
|
* NOTE: passes the flags value straight through to internal_format() which,
|
|
* beside INSCHAR_FORMAT (above), is also looking for these:
|
|
* INSCHAR_DO_COM - format comments
|
|
* INSCHAR_COM_LIST - format comments with num list or 2nd line indent
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
insertchar (
|
|
int c, /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
int flags, /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
int second_indent /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int textwidth;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
int force_format = flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT;
|
|
|
|
textwidth = comp_textwidth(force_format);
|
|
fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
* - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
* - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
* ends in white space.
|
|
* - Otherwise:
|
|
* - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
* - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
* we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
* - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
* or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
* before the insert.
|
|
* - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
* before 'textwidth'
|
|
*/
|
|
if (textwidth > 0
|
|
&& (force_format
|
|
|| (!ascii_iswhite(c)
|
|
&& !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& *get_cursor_pos_ptr() != NUL)
|
|
&& (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|| ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|| Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
&& (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|| Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
)))))) {
|
|
/* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
* when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
int do_internal = TRUE;
|
|
colnr_T virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
+ char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
|
if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0
|
|
&& (force_format || virtcol > (colnr_T)textwidth)) {
|
|
do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
|
|
/* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
|
|
* was called. */
|
|
ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (do_internal)
|
|
internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
if (did_ai && c == end_comment_pending) {
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
* comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
*/
|
|
i = get_leader_len(line = get_cursor_line_ptr(), &p, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) { /* Just checking */
|
|
/* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
++p;
|
|
middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
/* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
while (middle_len > 0 && ascii_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
--middle_len;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
++p;
|
|
end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
|
/* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
while (--i >= 0 && ascii_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
;
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
|
/* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) {
|
|
/* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
* character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
*/
|
|
ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
// This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
// Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
// need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
// 'paste' is set)..
|
|
// Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined,
|
|
// because we need to fire the event for every character.
|
|
if (!ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
&& (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
&& vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
&& !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& !cindent_on()
|
|
&& !p_ri
|
|
&& !has_event(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE)) {
|
|
#define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
int i;
|
|
colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
|
buf[0] = c;
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
/*
|
|
* Stop the string when:
|
|
* - no more chars available
|
|
* - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
* - buffer is full
|
|
* - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
* - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
*/
|
|
while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
&& !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
&& (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
&& i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
&& (textwidth == 0
|
|
|| (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
&& !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) {
|
|
c = vgetc();
|
|
if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
buf[i++] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
ins_str(buf);
|
|
if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) {
|
|
redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
i = 1;
|
|
} else
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
int cc;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) {
|
|
char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
|
(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
} else {
|
|
ins_char(c);
|
|
if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
redo_literal(c);
|
|
else
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
*
|
|
* If the INSCHAR_COM_LIST flag is present, then the value of second_indent
|
|
* will be the comment leader length sent to open_line().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
internal_format (
|
|
int textwidth,
|
|
int second_indent,
|
|
int flags,
|
|
int format_only,
|
|
int c /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int save_char = NUL;
|
|
int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
int has_lbr = curwin->w_p_lbr;
|
|
|
|
// make sure win_lbr_chartabsize() counts correctly
|
|
curwin->w_p_lbr = false;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
* deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
) {
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (ascii_iswhite(cc)) {
|
|
save_char = cc;
|
|
pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
*/
|
|
while (!got_int) {
|
|
int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
colnr_T len;
|
|
colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
int orig_col = 0;
|
|
char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
colnr_T col;
|
|
colnr_T end_col;
|
|
|
|
virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
+ char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
|
|
if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (no_leader)
|
|
do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
&& has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
if (do_comments)
|
|
leader_len = get_leader_len(get_cursor_line_ptr(), NULL, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
* start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
* moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
* to start with %. */
|
|
if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
&& leader_len == 0
|
|
&& !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find position to break at.
|
|
* Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
*/
|
|
while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|| (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) {
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL)
|
|
cc = c;
|
|
else
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (WHITECHAR(cc)) {
|
|
/* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) {
|
|
/* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
/* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len)
|
|
break;
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
|
if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
|
|
end_foundcol = end_col + 1;
|
|
foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
break;
|
|
} else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) {
|
|
/* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) {
|
|
/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
break;
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
/* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */
|
|
if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) {
|
|
foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
|
if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
continue; /* break with space */
|
|
/* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
|
foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (foundcol == 0) { /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
* stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
* over the text instead.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
else
|
|
replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
* characters that will remain on top line
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
&& (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol))
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
if (startcol < 0)
|
|
startcol = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
* wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
*/
|
|
saved_text = vim_strsave(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
* Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
*/
|
|
open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
+ (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
+ (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
+ ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? OPENLINE_COM_LIST : 0)
|
|
, ((flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST) ? second_indent : old_indent));
|
|
if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST))
|
|
old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
|
replace_offset = 0;
|
|
if (first_line) {
|
|
if (!(flags & INSCHAR_COM_LIST)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* This section is for auto-wrap of numeric lists. When not
|
|
* in insert mode (i.e. format_lines()), the INSCHAR_COM_LIST
|
|
* flag will be set and open_line() will handle it (as seen
|
|
* above). The code here (and in get_number_indent()) will
|
|
* recognize comments if needed...
|
|
*/
|
|
if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
second_indent =
|
|
get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
|
|
if (second_indent >= 0) {
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent,
|
|
FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
else if (leader_len > 0 && second_indent - leader_len > 0) {
|
|
int i;
|
|
int padding = second_indent - leader_len;
|
|
|
|
/* We started at the first_line of a numbered list
|
|
* that has a comment. the open_line() function has
|
|
* inserted the proper comment leader and positioned
|
|
* the cursor at the end of the split line. Now we
|
|
* add the additional whitespace needed after the
|
|
* comment leader for the numbered list. */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < padding; i++)
|
|
ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, leader_len);
|
|
} else {
|
|
(void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
first_line = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
* moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
*/
|
|
ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
xfree(saved_text);
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
* may have added or removed indent.
|
|
*/
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
/* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_p_lbr = has_lbr;
|
|
|
|
if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) {
|
|
update_topline();
|
|
redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
* 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
* Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
* The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
* saved here.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
auto_format (
|
|
int trailblank, /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
int prev_line /* may start in previous line */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T pos;
|
|
colnr_T len;
|
|
char_u *old;
|
|
char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
int wasatend;
|
|
int cc;
|
|
|
|
if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
old = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
|
|
/* may remove added space */
|
|
check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
/* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
* user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
* in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
* Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
* next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old));
|
|
if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
&& has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (WHITECHAR(cc)) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
* comments. */
|
|
if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
&& get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE, TRUE) == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
* moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
* the start of a paragraph.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) {
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
* be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
*/
|
|
saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
/* "cannot happen" */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
} else
|
|
check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
|
/* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
* previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
* need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
* formatted. */
|
|
if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) {
|
|
new = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) {
|
|
pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
/* remove the space later */
|
|
did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
/* may remove added space */
|
|
check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
check_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
* delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
* position.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
check_auto_format (
|
|
int end_insert /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int c = ' ';
|
|
int cc;
|
|
|
|
if (did_add_space) {
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
/* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
else {
|
|
if (!end_insert) {
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
if (c != NUL) {
|
|
/* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
del_char(FALSE);
|
|
did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
* if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
* else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use curwin->w_width - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
* if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
* Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
comp_textwidth (
|
|
int ff /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int textwidth;
|
|
|
|
textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) {
|
|
/* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
* things that add to the margin. */
|
|
textwidth = curwin->w_width - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
textwidth -= 1;
|
|
textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
|
if (signcolumn_on(curwin)) {
|
|
textwidth -= 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu)
|
|
textwidth -= 8;
|
|
}
|
|
if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
textwidth = 0;
|
|
if (ff && textwidth == 0) {
|
|
textwidth = curwin->w_width - 1;
|
|
if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
textwidth = 79;
|
|
}
|
|
return textwidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void redo_literal(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[10];
|
|
|
|
// Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
// three digits.
|
|
if (ascii_isdigit(c)) {
|
|
vim_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c);
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
} else {
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
// For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
static void start_arrow(pos_T *end_insert_pos /* can be NULL */)
|
|
{
|
|
start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Like start_arrow() but with end_change argument.
|
|
/// Will prepare for redo of CTRL-G U if "end_change" is FALSE.
|
|
/// @param end_insert_pos can be NULL
|
|
/// @param end_change end undoable change
|
|
static void start_arrow_with_change(pos_T *end_insert_pos, bool end_change)
|
|
{
|
|
start_arrow_common(end_insert_pos, end_change);
|
|
if (!end_change) {
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_G);
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff('U');
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// @param end_insert_pos can be NULL
|
|
/// @param end_change end undoable change
|
|
static void start_arrow_common(pos_T *end_insert_pos, bool end_change)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!arrow_used && end_change) { // something has been inserted
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
stop_insert(end_insert_pos, false, false);
|
|
arrow_used = true; // This means we stopped the current insert.
|
|
}
|
|
check_spell_redraw();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
* It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void check_spell_redraw(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) {
|
|
linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
|
spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
* spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void spell_back_to_badword(void)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
* If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
* Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
*/
|
|
int stop_arrow(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (arrow_used) {
|
|
Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; //new insertion starts here
|
|
if (Insstart.col > Insstart_orig.col && !ins_need_undo) {
|
|
// Don't update the original insert position when moved to the
|
|
// right, except when nothing was inserted yet.
|
|
update_Insstart_orig = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
|
|
if (u_save_cursor() == OK) {
|
|
arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
ai_col = 0;
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
ResetRedobuff();
|
|
AppendToRedobuff("1i"); // Pretend we start an insertion.
|
|
new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
} else if (ins_need_undo) {
|
|
if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
|
return arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
* "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
* to another window/buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
stop_insert (
|
|
pos_T *end_insert_pos,
|
|
int esc, /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
int nomove /* <c-\><c-o>, don't move cursor */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
|
stop_redo_ins();
|
|
replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
* Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
* otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
*/
|
|
ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
&& (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) {
|
|
xfree(last_insert);
|
|
last_insert = ptr;
|
|
last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
} else
|
|
xfree(ptr);
|
|
|
|
if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) {
|
|
/* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
* insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
* a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
* was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) {
|
|
pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
/* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
* formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
* moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
cc = 'x';
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (!ascii_iswhite(cc))
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (ascii_iswhite(cc)) {
|
|
if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
/* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
* the "coladd". */
|
|
if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
* of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
* Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down.
|
|
* Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text
|
|
* got changed unexpectedly. */
|
|
if (!nomove && did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum !=
|
|
end_insert_pos->lnum))
|
|
&& end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
if (!ascii_iswhite(cc))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
break; /* should not happen */
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
else {
|
|
/* reset tpos, could have been invalidated in the loop above */
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
tpos.col++;
|
|
if (cc != NUL && gchar_pos(&tpos) == NUL) {
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col; // put cursor back on the NUL
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
* deleted characters. */
|
|
if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) {
|
|
int len = (int)STRLEN(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
|
|
if (VIsual.col > len) {
|
|
VIsual.col = len;
|
|
VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
* now in a different buffer. */
|
|
if (end_insert_pos != NULL) {
|
|
curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
curbuf->b_op_start_orig = Insstart_orig;
|
|
curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
* Used for the replace command.
|
|
*/
|
|
void set_last_insert(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
|
|
xfree(last_insert);
|
|
last_insert = xmalloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
s = last_insert;
|
|
/* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
*s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
*s++ = ESC;
|
|
*s++ = NUL;
|
|
last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
void free_last_insert(void)
|
|
{
|
|
xfree(last_insert);
|
|
last_insert = NULL;
|
|
xfree(compl_orig_text);
|
|
compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
* and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
* Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *add_char2buf(int c, char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
|
|
c = temp[i];
|
|
/* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
if (c == K_SPECIAL) {
|
|
*s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
*s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
*s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
} else
|
|
*s++ = c;
|
|
}
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* move cursor to start of line
|
|
* if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
* if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
* otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
* if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
*/
|
|
void beginline(int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
else {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) {
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
|
for (ptr = get_cursor_line_ptr(); ascii_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
&& !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
*
|
|
* Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
* Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
* Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int oneright(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
if (virtual_active()) {
|
|
pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
ptr = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
(*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
))
|
|
? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
/* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|| prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ptr = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
else
|
|
l = 1;
|
|
|
|
/* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
* contains "onemore". */
|
|
if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
&& (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int oneleft(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (virtual_active()) {
|
|
int width;
|
|
int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
|
if (v == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
/* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
width = 1;
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
coladvance(v - width);
|
|
/* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty,
|
|
'breakindent' is not set and there are no multi-byte
|
|
characters */
|
|
if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
&& !curwin->w_p_bri
|
|
&& !has_mbyte
|
|
) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
break;
|
|
++width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) {
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
ptr = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
(*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
|
/* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
* character, move to its first byte */
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
cursor_up (
|
|
long n,
|
|
int upd_topline /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0) {
|
|
lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
// This fails if the cursor is already in the first line.
|
|
if (lnum <= 1) {
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (n >= lnum)
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
else if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
*/
|
|
/* go to the start of the current fold */
|
|
(void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
|
while (n--) {
|
|
/* move up one line */
|
|
--lnum;
|
|
if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
break;
|
|
/* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
* Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
* in a moment. */
|
|
if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
(void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnum < 1)
|
|
lnum = 1;
|
|
} else
|
|
lnum -= n;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
|
if (upd_topline)
|
|
update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
cursor_down (
|
|
long n,
|
|
int upd_topline /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
|
if (n > 0) {
|
|
lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
/* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
(void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
|
// This fails if the cursor is already in the last line.
|
|
if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
else if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) {
|
|
linenr_T last;
|
|
|
|
/* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
while (n--) {
|
|
if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
lnum = last + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
++lnum;
|
|
if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
} else
|
|
lnum += n;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
|
if (upd_topline)
|
|
update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
* Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
* first have to remove the command.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
stuff_inserted (
|
|
int c, /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
long count, /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
int no_esc /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
|
ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
if (ptr == NULL) {
|
|
EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
if (c != NUL)
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
*esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
|
/* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
* comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
* starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
*/
|
|
last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
&& (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) {
|
|
last = *last_ptr;
|
|
*last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
stuffReadbuff((const char *)ptr);
|
|
// A trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^".
|
|
if (last) {
|
|
stuffReadbuff((last == '0'
|
|
? "\026\060\064\070"
|
|
: "\026^"));
|
|
}
|
|
} while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
|
if (last)
|
|
*last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
|
if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
*esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
|
/* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
if (!no_esc)
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
char_u *get_last_insert(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
* Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *get_last_insert_save(void)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
|
return s;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
/// Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
/// When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
/// the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true if the word is a known abbreviation.
|
|
static bool echeck_abbr(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
// Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
// after moving around with cursor keys.
|
|
if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return check_abbr(c, get_cursor_line_ptr(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* replace-stack functions
|
|
*
|
|
* When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
* new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
*
|
|
* There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
* currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
* headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
*
|
|
* For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
* that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
* that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
static ssize_t replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
static ssize_t replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
|
/// Push character that is replaced onto the the replace stack.
|
|
///
|
|
/// replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
/// character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
/// characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character that is replaced (NUL is none)
|
|
void replace_push(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) { // nothing to do
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) {
|
|
replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
replace_stack = xrealloc(replace_stack, replace_stack_len);
|
|
}
|
|
char_u *p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
if (replace_offset) {
|
|
memmove(p + 1, p, replace_offset);
|
|
}
|
|
*p = (char_u)c;
|
|
++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
|
|
* reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
|
|
* Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
|
|
*/
|
|
int replace_push_mb(char_u *p)
|
|
{
|
|
int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
int j;
|
|
|
|
for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
replace_push(p[j]);
|
|
return l;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return -1 if stack is empty, replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
static int replace_pop(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return (replace_stack_nr == 0) ? -1 : (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
* encountered.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
replace_join (
|
|
int off /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) {
|
|
--replace_stack_nr;
|
|
memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
(size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
* before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void replace_pop_ins(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int oldState = State;
|
|
|
|
State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) {
|
|
mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
State = oldState;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
* indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void mb_replace_pop_ins(int cc)
|
|
{
|
|
int n;
|
|
char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) {
|
|
buf[0] = cc;
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
} else
|
|
ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
/* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
for (;; ) {
|
|
c = replace_pop();
|
|
if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
break;
|
|
if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) {
|
|
/* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
replace_push(c);
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
buf[0] = c;
|
|
assert(n > 1);
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
else {
|
|
/* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* make the replace stack empty
|
|
* (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void replace_flush(void)
|
|
{
|
|
xfree(replace_stack);
|
|
replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
* cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
* cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
* cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
* and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
* When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when
|
|
* using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void replace_do_bs(int limit_col)
|
|
{
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int orig_len = 0;
|
|
int ins_len;
|
|
int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int vcol;
|
|
const int l_State = State;
|
|
|
|
cc = replace_pop();
|
|
if (cc > 0) {
|
|
if (l_State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
* going to delete. */
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
orig_vcols = chartabsize(get_cursor_pos_ptr(), start_vcol);
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
(void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
if (l_State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
orig_len = (int)STRLEN(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
replace_push(cc);
|
|
} else {
|
|
pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
if (l_State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
orig_len = (int)STRLEN(get_cursor_pos_ptr()) - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
|
if (l_State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
p = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) {
|
|
vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
|
/* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
* text aligned. */
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') {
|
|
del_char(FALSE);
|
|
++orig_vcols;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
} else if (cc == 0)
|
|
(void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that C-indenting is on.
|
|
static bool cindent_on(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_PURE FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
return !p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
* surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
* confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
* "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
*/
|
|
void fixthisline(IndentGetter get_the_indent)
|
|
{
|
|
int amount = get_the_indent();
|
|
|
|
if (amount >= 0) {
|
|
change_indent(INDENT_SET, amount, false, 0, true);
|
|
if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) {
|
|
did_ai = true; // delete the indent if the line stays empty
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void fix_indent(void) {
|
|
if (p_paste)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
else if (cindent_on())
|
|
do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Check that "cinkeys" contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
/// when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
/// when == '!': Only if key is preceded with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
/// when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*' (indent afterwards)
|
|
///
|
|
/// "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
/// KEY_OPEN_FORW :
|
|
/// KEY_OPEN_BACK :
|
|
/// KEY_COMPLETE : Just finished completion.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param keytyped key that was typed
|
|
/// @param when condition on when to perform the check
|
|
/// @param line_is_empty when true, accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
bool in_cinkeys(int keytyped, int when, bool line_is_empty)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *look;
|
|
int try_match;
|
|
int try_match_word;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
int icase;
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
if (keytyped == NUL) {
|
|
// Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
else
|
|
look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
while (*look) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
* 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (when) {
|
|
case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') {
|
|
look++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
// But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
if (*look == '0') {
|
|
try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
if (!line_is_empty) {
|
|
try_match = false;
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
} else {
|
|
try_match_word = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Does it look like a control character?
|
|
if (*look == '^' && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_') {
|
|
if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
look += 2;
|
|
|
|
// 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
// 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
} else if (*look == 'o') {
|
|
if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
} else if (*look == 'O') {
|
|
if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
|
|
// 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
// cursor.
|
|
} else if (*look == 'e') {
|
|
if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) {
|
|
p = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4
|
|
&& STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
|
|
// ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
// statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
// class::method for C++).
|
|
} else if (*look == ':') {
|
|
if (try_match && keytyped == ':') {
|
|
p = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
if (cin_iscase(p, false) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel()) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
// Need to get the line again after cin_islabel().
|
|
p = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
&& p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') {
|
|
p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|| cin_islabel());
|
|
p = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
if (i) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
|
|
// Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
} else if (*look == '<') {
|
|
if (try_match) {
|
|
// make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
// <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
// >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
&& keytyped == look[1]) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
look++;
|
|
while (*look == '>')
|
|
look++;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) {
|
|
++look;
|
|
if (*look == '~') {
|
|
icase = TRUE;
|
|
++look;
|
|
} else
|
|
icase = FALSE;
|
|
p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) {
|
|
int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) {
|
|
char_u *s;
|
|
|
|
/* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
* search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
line = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
char_u *n;
|
|
|
|
for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) {
|
|
n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else
|
|
for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
break;
|
|
assert(p >= look && (uintmax_t)(p - look) <= SIZE_MAX);
|
|
if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
&& (icase
|
|
? mb_strnicmp(s, look, (size_t)(p - look))
|
|
: STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
match = TRUE;
|
|
} else
|
|
/* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
&& TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) ==
|
|
TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) {
|
|
line = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
assert(p >= look && (uintmax_t)(p - look) <= SIZE_MAX);
|
|
if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|| !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
&& (icase
|
|
? mb_strnicmp(line - (p - look), look, (size_t)(p - look))
|
|
: STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
== 0)
|
|
match = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) {
|
|
/* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
* word. */
|
|
line = get_cursor_line_ptr();
|
|
if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
(int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
match = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (match) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
look = p;
|
|
|
|
// Ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (try_match && *look == keytyped) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
look++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Skip over ", ".
|
|
*/
|
|
look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
int hkmap(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_hkmapp) { /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
static char_u map[26] =
|
|
{(char_u)hALEF /*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
(char_u)DALET /*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit /*f*/,
|
|
(char_u)GIMEL /*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
(char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
(char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
(char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
(char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
(char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN /*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
(char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
|
if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
/* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
else if (c == 'x')
|
|
return 'X';
|
|
else if (c == 'q')
|
|
return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
else if (c == 246)
|
|
return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
else if (c == 228)
|
|
return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
else if (c == 252)
|
|
return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
/* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
* do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
* all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
* munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
*/
|
|
else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
else
|
|
return c;
|
|
} else {
|
|
switch (c) {
|
|
case '`': return ';';
|
|
case '/': return '.';
|
|
case '\'': return ',';
|
|
case 'q': return '/';
|
|
case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
|
/* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
default: {
|
|
static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
|
if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
return c;
|
|
c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_reg(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
int regname;
|
|
int literally = 0;
|
|
int vis_active = VIsual_active;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
*/
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) {
|
|
/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
* deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
*/
|
|
++no_mapping;
|
|
regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) {
|
|
/* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
literally = regname;
|
|
add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't call u_sync() while typing the expression or giving an error
|
|
* message for it. Only call it explicitly. */
|
|
++no_u_sync;
|
|
if (regname == '=') {
|
|
/* Sync undo when evaluating the expression calls setline() or
|
|
* append(), so that it can be undone separately. */
|
|
u_sync_once = 2;
|
|
|
|
regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
}
|
|
if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, false)) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_REG);
|
|
need_redraw = true; // remove the '"'
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) {
|
|
/* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
|
do_put(regname, NULL, BACKWARD, 1,
|
|
(literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
} else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_REG);
|
|
need_redraw = true; // remove the '"'
|
|
} else if (stop_insert_mode) {
|
|
// When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
// did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
// insert anything, need to remove the '"'
|
|
need_redraw = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
--no_u_sync;
|
|
if (u_sync_once == 1)
|
|
ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
u_sync_once = 0;
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
|
/* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
|
/* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
|
|
if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
|
|
end_visual_mode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_g(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
/* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
* deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
*/
|
|
++no_mapping;
|
|
c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
--no_mapping;
|
|
switch (c) {
|
|
/* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
case K_UP:
|
|
case Ctrl_K:
|
|
case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
case K_DOWN:
|
|
case Ctrl_J:
|
|
case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
* a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
update_Insstart_orig = false;
|
|
Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// CTRL-G U: do not break undo with the next char.
|
|
case 'U':
|
|
// Allow one left/right cursor movement with the next char,
|
|
// without breaking undo.
|
|
dont_sync_undo = MAYBE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
/* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
default: vim_beep(BO_CTRLG);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_hat(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (map_to_exists_mode("", LANGMAP, false)) {
|
|
// ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings.
|
|
if (State & LANGMAP) {
|
|
curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
} else {
|
|
curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
set_iminsert_global();
|
|
showmode();
|
|
/* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param[in,out] count repeat count of the insert command
|
|
/// @param cmdchar command that started the insert
|
|
/// @param nomove when true, don't move the cursor
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true when leaving insert mode, false when repeating the insert.
|
|
static bool ins_esc(long *count, int cmdchar, bool nomove)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ARG(1)
|
|
{
|
|
static bool disabled_redraw = false;
|
|
|
|
check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
|
int temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
if (disabled_redraw) {
|
|
RedrawingDisabled--;
|
|
disabled_redraw = false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!arrow_used) {
|
|
// Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
// When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
// when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') {
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? "\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
* interrupt now and then.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*count > 0) {
|
|
line_breakcheck();
|
|
if (got_int)
|
|
*count = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (--*count > 0) { /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
/* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
|
(void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') {
|
|
stuffRedoReadbuff(ESC_STR); // No ESC in redo buffer
|
|
}
|
|
RedrawingDisabled++;
|
|
disabled_redraw = true;
|
|
// Repeat the insert
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, nomove);
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
* indent */
|
|
if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) {
|
|
RESET_FMARK(&curbuf->b_last_insert, curwin->w_cursor, curbuf->b_fnum);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
* Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!nomove
|
|
&& (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
)
|
|
&& (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|| (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
&& !VIsual_active
|
|
))
|
|
&& !revins_on
|
|
) {
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) {
|
|
oneleft();
|
|
if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
} else {
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
/* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
State = NORMAL;
|
|
/* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
|
setmouse();
|
|
ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
|
// When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
// Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) {
|
|
showmode();
|
|
} else if (p_smd) {
|
|
MSG("");
|
|
}
|
|
// Exit Insert mode
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
* Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) {
|
|
while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
if (revins_on) {
|
|
revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
revins_chars = 0;
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
} else
|
|
revins_scol = -1;
|
|
if (p_altkeymap) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
* set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
* characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
*/
|
|
arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
(void)stop_arrow();
|
|
p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
State = INSERT;
|
|
} else
|
|
p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
showmode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c character to check
|
|
//
|
|
/// @return true when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
static bool ins_start_select(int c)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
if (!km_startsel) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (c) {
|
|
case K_KHOME:
|
|
case K_KEND:
|
|
case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
break;
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
case K_S_UP:
|
|
case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
case K_S_END:
|
|
case K_S_HOME:
|
|
// Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
// CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line.
|
|
start_selection();
|
|
|
|
// Execute the key in (insert) Select mode.
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
if (mod_mask) {
|
|
const char buf[] = { (char)K_SPECIAL, (char)KS_MODIFIER,
|
|
(char)(uint8_t)mod_mask, NUL };
|
|
stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/replace mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_insert(int replaceState)
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_fkmap && p_ri) {
|
|
beep_flush();
|
|
EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
"r"), 1);
|
|
apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, false, curbuf);
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
} else {
|
|
State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
}
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
showmode();
|
|
ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_ctrl_o(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
else
|
|
restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
if (virtual_active())
|
|
ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
else
|
|
ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
* shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
* Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
|
|
* with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
* autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_shift(int c, int lastc)
|
|
{
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) {
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
(void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
/* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
replace_pop_ins();
|
|
if (lastc == '^')
|
|
old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
} else
|
|
change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (did_ai && *skipwhite(get_cursor_line_ptr()) != NUL)
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_del(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int temp;
|
|
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
return;
|
|
if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) { /* delete newline */
|
|
temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) // only if "eol" included
|
|
|| do_join(2, false, true, false, false) == FAIL) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_BS);
|
|
} else {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (del_char(false) == FAIL) { // delete char under cursor
|
|
vim_beep(BO_BS);
|
|
}
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
did_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si = FALSE;
|
|
can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete one character for ins_bs().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_bs_one(colnr_T *vcolp)
|
|
{
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
* Replace mode */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
} else
|
|
(void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @param c charcter that was typed
|
|
/// @param mode backspace mode to use
|
|
/// @param[in,out] inserted_space_p whether a space was the last
|
|
// character inserted
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true when backspace was actually used.
|
|
static bool ins_bs(int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_NONNULL_ARG(3)
|
|
{
|
|
linenr_T lnum;
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
colnr_T save_col;
|
|
colnr_T mincol;
|
|
bool did_backspace = false;
|
|
int in_indent;
|
|
int oldState;
|
|
int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
* can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
* can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
* can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
*/
|
|
if (bufempty()
|
|
|| (!revins_on
|
|
&& ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|| (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
&& (arrow_used
|
|
|| (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart_orig.col)))
|
|
|| (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|| (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_BS);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
if (in_indent) {
|
|
can_cindent = false;
|
|
}
|
|
end_comment_pending = NUL; // After BS, don't auto-end comment
|
|
if (revins_on) { // put cursor after last inserted char
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
// Virtualedit:
|
|
// BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
// BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
// BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) {
|
|
if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd--;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) {
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* delete newline!
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) {
|
|
lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == lnum || revins_on) {
|
|
if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
(linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
Insstart.lnum--;
|
|
Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* In replace mode:
|
|
* cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
* cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
*/
|
|
cc = -1;
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
/*
|
|
* In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
* cursor.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) {
|
|
temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
--curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
|
/* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
* the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
* again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
&& has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) {
|
|
char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, false);
|
|
if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
} else
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
* by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
* sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
* characters that NL replaced.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
* prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
* avoiding showmatch().
|
|
*/
|
|
oldState = State;
|
|
State = NORMAL;
|
|
/*
|
|
* restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
while (cc > 0) {
|
|
save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
cc = replace_pop();
|
|
}
|
|
/* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
replace_pop_ins();
|
|
State = oldState;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
mincol = 0;
|
|
/* keep indent */
|
|
if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
|
|
&& (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|| cindent_on()
|
|
)
|
|
&& !revins_on
|
|
) {
|
|
save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col)
|
|
mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
&& ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|| (get_sts_value() != 0
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
&& (*(get_cursor_pos_ptr() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|| (*(get_cursor_pos_ptr() - 1) == ' '
|
|
&& (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|| arrow_used)))))) {
|
|
int ts;
|
|
colnr_T vcol;
|
|
colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
|
*inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
ts = get_sw_value(curbuf);
|
|
else
|
|
ts = get_sts_value();
|
|
/* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
* 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
* the previous character. */
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
start_vcol = vcol;
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
|
/* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
&& (cc = *(get_cursor_pos_ptr() - 1), ascii_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
|
|
/* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
while (vcol < want_vcol) {
|
|
/* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) {
|
|
Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
ins_char(' ');
|
|
else {
|
|
ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
}
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
|
|
* happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
|
|
if (vcol >= start_vcol)
|
|
ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
|
|
// Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
} else {
|
|
int cclass = 0, prev_cclass = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
cclass = mb_get_class(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
}
|
|
do {
|
|
if (!revins_on) { // put cursor on char to be deleted
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
// look multi-byte character class
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
prev_cclass = cclass;
|
|
cclass = mb_get_class(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
}
|
|
if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !ascii_isspace(cc)) { // start of word?
|
|
mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
temp = vim_iswordc(cc);
|
|
} else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
&& ((ascii_isspace(cc) || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)
|
|
|| prev_cclass != cclass)) { // end of word?
|
|
if (!revins_on) {
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
} else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
dec_cursor();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
else {
|
|
const bool l_enc_utf8 = enc_utf8;
|
|
const int l_p_deco = p_deco;
|
|
if (l_enc_utf8 && l_p_deco)
|
|
(void)utfc_ptr2char(get_cursor_pos_ptr(), cpc);
|
|
(void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
/*
|
|
* If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
* move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
* character.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (l_enc_utf8 && l_p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
inc_cursor();
|
|
if (revins_chars) {
|
|
revins_chars--;
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Just a single backspace?:
|
|
if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (revins_on
|
|
|| (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
&& (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart_orig.lnum
|
|
|| curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart_orig.col)));
|
|
}
|
|
did_backspace = true;
|
|
}
|
|
did_si = false;
|
|
can_si = false;
|
|
can_si_back = false;
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) {
|
|
did_ai = false;
|
|
}
|
|
// It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
// buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
// with.
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
|
/* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart_orig.lnum
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart_orig.col) {
|
|
Insstart_orig.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
* was there remains visible
|
|
* Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
* was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
* We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
* displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
* --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1)
|
|
dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
|
// When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
|
|
// E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
|
|
// char before a Tab.
|
|
if (did_backspace) {
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
}
|
|
return did_backspace;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_mouse(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
|
if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1, 0)) {
|
|
win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) {
|
|
/* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
* previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) {
|
|
curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
redraw_statuslines();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_mousescroll(int dir)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
int did_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
|
if (mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) {
|
|
int row, col;
|
|
|
|
row = mouse_row;
|
|
col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
|
/* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
}
|
|
if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
|
/* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
|
|
if (!pum_visible()
|
|
|| curwin != old_curwin
|
|
) {
|
|
if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) {
|
|
if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
scroll_redraw(dir,
|
|
(long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
else
|
|
scroll_redraw(dir, 3L);
|
|
} else {
|
|
mouse_scroll_horiz(dir);
|
|
}
|
|
did_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
|
/* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
|
|
* TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
|
|
* overlapped by the popup menu. */
|
|
if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) {
|
|
redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) {
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void ins_left(bool end_change)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (oneleft() == OK) {
|
|
start_arrow_with_change(&tpos, end_change);
|
|
if (!end_change) {
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(K_LEFT);
|
|
}
|
|
/* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
revins_chars++;
|
|
} else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) {
|
|
// if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to previous line.
|
|
// always break undo when moving upwards/downwards, else undo may break
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = true; // so we stay at the end
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
dont_sync_undo = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_home(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_end(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_s_left(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) {
|
|
start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
(void)bck_word(1L, false, false);
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// @param end_change end undoable change
|
|
static void ins_right(bool end_change)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()) {
|
|
start_arrow_with_change(&curwin->w_cursor, end_change);
|
|
if (!end_change) {
|
|
AppendCharToRedobuff(K_RIGHT);
|
|
}
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = true;
|
|
if (virtual_active())
|
|
oneright();
|
|
else {
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
else
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
if (revins_chars)
|
|
revins_chars--;
|
|
}
|
|
/* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
* cursor to the next line */
|
|
else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
&& curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
dont_sync_undo = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_s_right(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|| gchar_cursor() != NUL) {
|
|
start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
(void)fwd_word(1L, false, 0);
|
|
curwin->w_set_curswant = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ins_up (
|
|
int startcol /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) {
|
|
if (startcol)
|
|
coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
)
|
|
redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
can_cindent = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_pageup(void)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
|
if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) {
|
|
/* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) {
|
|
start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) {
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
can_cindent = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
ins_down (
|
|
int startcol /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) {
|
|
if (startcol)
|
|
coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|| old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
)
|
|
redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
can_cindent = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ins_pagedown(void)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
|
if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) {
|
|
/* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) {
|
|
start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) {
|
|
start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
can_cindent = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_CRSR);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
static bool ins_tab(void)
|
|
FUNC_ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int temp;
|
|
|
|
if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) {
|
|
Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
}
|
|
if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int ind = inindent(0);
|
|
if (ind) {
|
|
can_cindent = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
&& !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != get_sw_value(curbuf))
|
|
&& get_sts_value() == 0) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
did_ai = false;
|
|
did_si = false;
|
|
can_si = false;
|
|
can_si_back = false;
|
|
AppendToRedobuff("\t");
|
|
|
|
if (p_sta && ind) { // insert tab in indent, use "shiftwidth"
|
|
temp = get_sw_value(curbuf);
|
|
} else if (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0) { // use "softtabstop" when set
|
|
temp = get_sts_value();
|
|
} else { // otherwise use "tabstop"
|
|
temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
}
|
|
temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
* replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
* chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
ins_char(' ');
|
|
while (--temp > 0) {
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
ins_char(' ');
|
|
else {
|
|
ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (get_sts_value() || (p_sta && ind))) {
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
pos_T pos;
|
|
pos_T fpos;
|
|
pos_T *cursor;
|
|
colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
int change_col = -1;
|
|
int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
* yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
cursor = &pos;
|
|
saved_line = vim_strsave(get_cursor_line_ptr());
|
|
ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
} else {
|
|
ptr = get_cursor_pos_ptr();
|
|
cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
while (fpos.col > 0 && ascii_iswhite(ptr[-1])) {
|
|
--fpos.col;
|
|
--ptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
&& fpos.col < Insstart.col) {
|
|
ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'breakindent', 'showbreak'
|
|
and 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
while (ascii_iswhite(*ptr)) {
|
|
i = lbr_chartabsize(NULL, (char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (*ptr != TAB) {
|
|
*ptr = TAB;
|
|
if (change_col < 0) {
|
|
change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
/* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
++fpos.col;
|
|
++ptr;
|
|
vcol += i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (change_col >= 0) {
|
|
int repl_off = 0;
|
|
char_u *line = ptr;
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') {
|
|
vcol += lbr_chartabsize(line, ptr, vcol);
|
|
++ptr;
|
|
++repl_off;
|
|
}
|
|
if (vcol > want_vcol) {
|
|
/* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
--ptr;
|
|
--repl_off;
|
|
}
|
|
fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
|
/* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
if (i > 0) {
|
|
STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
|
|
/* correct replace stack. */
|
|
if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
)
|
|
for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
}
|
|
cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
* backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
* spacing.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) {
|
|
/* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
|
/* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
* ptr-cursor */
|
|
ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
xfree(saved_line);
|
|
curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
///
|
|
/// @return true when it can't undo.
|
|
static bool ins_eol(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
* character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
* nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
&& !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
)
|
|
replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
* replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
* line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
* in open_line().
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
|
|
* CTRL-O). */
|
|
if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
coladvance(getviscol());
|
|
|
|
if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
fkmap(NL);
|
|
/* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
* current line. */
|
|
if (revins_on)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(get_cursor_pos_ptr());
|
|
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
bool i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0,
|
|
old_indent);
|
|
old_indent = 0;
|
|
can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
/* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
|
|
foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
|
return !i;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
* Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
* done.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_digraph(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
int cc;
|
|
int did_putchar = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) {
|
|
/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
did_putchar = TRUE;
|
|
add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
// mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit
|
|
no_mapping++;
|
|
c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
no_mapping--;
|
|
if (did_putchar) {
|
|
// when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next
|
|
// line and will not be removed by the redraw
|
|
edit_unputchar();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) { /* special key */
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
return NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (c != ESC) {
|
|
did_putchar = FALSE;
|
|
if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) {
|
|
/* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if (char2cells(c) == 1) {
|
|
ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
did_putchar = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
}
|
|
no_mapping++;
|
|
cc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
no_mapping--;
|
|
if (did_putchar) {
|
|
// when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the
|
|
// next line and will not be removed by a redraw
|
|
edit_unputchar();
|
|
}
|
|
if (cc != ESC) {
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
c = getdigraph(c, cc, true);
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
return c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
clear_showcmd();
|
|
return NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
* Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
*/
|
|
int ins_copychar(linenr_T lnum)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
int temp;
|
|
char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
char_u *line;
|
|
|
|
if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_COPY);
|
|
return NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
temp = 0;
|
|
line = ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
validate_virtcol();
|
|
while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) {
|
|
prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(line, &ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
}
|
|
if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
|
c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
if (c == NUL) {
|
|
vim_beep(BO_COPY);
|
|
}
|
|
return c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int ins_ctrl_ey(int tc)
|
|
{
|
|
int c = tc;
|
|
|
|
if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) {
|
|
if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
else
|
|
scrollup_clamp();
|
|
redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
} else {
|
|
c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
if (c != NUL) {
|
|
long tw_save;
|
|
|
|
// The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
// was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
// wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
// CTRL-V, don't use it for these.
|
|
if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) {
|
|
AppendToRedobuff(CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
}
|
|
tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
revins_chars++;
|
|
revins_legal++;
|
|
c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
* Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ins_try_si(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
char_u *ptr;
|
|
int i;
|
|
int temp;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
*/
|
|
if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
*/
|
|
if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) {
|
|
old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
* white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
* containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
* case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
* lines -- webb
|
|
*/
|
|
ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
i = pos->col;
|
|
if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
while (--i > 0 && ascii_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
i = get_indent();
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
else
|
|
(void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
} else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) {
|
|
/*
|
|
* when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
* more than indent of previous line
|
|
*/
|
|
temp = TRUE;
|
|
if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) {
|
|
old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
i = get_indent();
|
|
while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) {
|
|
ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
|
/* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
temp = FALSE;
|
|
curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
}
|
|
if (temp)
|
|
shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
*/
|
|
if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') {
|
|
/* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
(void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
* Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
*/
|
|
static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
validate_virtcol();
|
|
return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand.
|
|
* "c" is the character that was typed.
|
|
* Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string.
|
|
* Return NULL to continue inserting "c".
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *do_insert_char_pre(int c)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
|
// Return quickly when there is nothing to do.
|
|
if (!has_event(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE)) {
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (has_mbyte) {
|
|
buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, (char_u *) buf)] = NUL;
|
|
} else {
|
|
buf[0] = c;
|
|
buf[1] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening.
|
|
textlock++;
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, buf, -1);
|
|
|
|
char_u *res = NULL;
|
|
if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) {
|
|
/* Get the value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one
|
|
* character. Only use it when changed, otherwise continue with the
|
|
* original character to avoid breaking autoindent. */
|
|
if (STRCMP(buf, get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)) != 0)
|
|
res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1);
|
|
textlock--;
|
|
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void show_pum(int prev_w_wrow, int prev_w_leftcol)
|
|
{
|
|
// RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete().
|
|
int n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
|
|
// If the cursor moved or the display scrolled we need to remove the pum
|
|
// first.
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
if (prev_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow || prev_w_leftcol != curwin->w_leftcol) {
|
|
ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
}
|